US20220227767A1 - Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of disease - Google Patents

Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of disease Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20220227767A1
US20220227767A1 US17/698,991 US202217698991A US2022227767A1 US 20220227767 A1 US20220227767 A1 US 20220227767A1 US 202217698991 A US202217698991 A US 202217698991A US 2022227767 A1 US2022227767 A1 US 2022227767A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
optionally substituted
compound
formula
another embodiment
alkyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US17/698,991
Inventor
Raju Mohan
John Nuss
Jason Harris
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Oppilan Pharma Ltd United Kingdom
Oppilan Pharma Ltd USA
Original Assignee
Oppilan Pharma Ltd United Kingdom
Oppilan Pharma Ltd USA
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppilan Pharma Ltd United Kingdom, Oppilan Pharma Ltd USA filed Critical Oppilan Pharma Ltd United Kingdom
Priority to US17/698,991 priority Critical patent/US20220227767A1/en
Assigned to OPPILAN PHARMA LTD reassignment OPPILAN PHARMA LTD ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: HARRIS, JASON, MOHAN, RAJU, NUSS, JOHN
Publication of US20220227767A1 publication Critical patent/US20220227767A1/en
Priority to US18/344,594 priority patent/US20230339944A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4245—Oxadiazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/433—Thidiazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/4353—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/437—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems the heterocyclic ring system containing a five-membered ring having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. indolizine, beta-carboline
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/04—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/16—Antivirals for RNA viruses for influenza or rhinoviruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04—Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • S1P receptors are a class of G protein-coupled receptors that are targets of the lipid signaling molecule sphingosine-1-phosphate.
  • Sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) is a bioactive sphingolipid that has been demonstrated to induce many cellular processes, including those that result in platelet aggregation, cell proliferation, cell morphology, tumor-cell invasion, endothelial cell chemotaxis and angiogenesis, cytoskeletal re-arrangements in many cell types to regulate immune cell trafficking, vascular homeostasis and cell communication in the central nervous system (CNS) and in peripheral organ systems.
  • S1P can bind with members of the endothelial cell differentiation gene family (EDG receptors) of plasma membrane-localized G protein-coupled receptors.
  • EDG receptors endothelial cell differentiation gene family
  • S1P1 EDG-1
  • S1P2 EDG-5
  • S1P3 EDG-3
  • S1P4 EDG-6
  • S1P5 EDG-8
  • S1P receptor modulators are compounds which signal as agonists or antagonists at one or more S1P receptors. Since S1P mediates a wide variety of cellular responses, S1P receptor modulators are promising targets for a variety of therapeutic indications.
  • Described herein are compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), pharmaceutical compositions that include such compounds, and methods of use thereof, for modulating the S1P receptor.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation.
  • a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof wherein X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 .
  • a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof wherein X 1 is N; X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 .
  • a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof wherein X 3 is N; and X 1 , X 2 , and X 4 are each CR 1 .
  • a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof wherein X 4 is N; and X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are each CR 1 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , —N(R 11 )R 12 , —C(O)R 14 , —C(O)OR 10 , and —C(O)N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof wherein Z is —O—, —OCH 2 —, or —CH 2 O—.
  • a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof wherein Z is —O—.
  • p is 0.
  • n is 0.
  • n is 1.
  • n is 2.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or binder.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is formulated for a route of administration selected from oral administration, parenteral administration, buccal administration, nasal administration, topical administration, or rectal administration.
  • a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • in another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is selected from multiple sclerosis, ulcerative colitis, and Crohn's disease.
  • a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is multiple sclerosis.
  • in another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is ulcerative colitis.
  • a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is Crohn's disease.
  • a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is rejection of transplanted organs or tissue; graft-versus-host diseases brought about by transplantation; autoimmune syndromes including rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis; pollen allergies; type I diabetes; prevention of psoriasis; Crohn's disease; ulcerative colitis, acute respiratory distress syndrome; adult respiratory distress syndrome; influenza; post-infectious autoimmune diseases including rheumatic fever and post-infectious glomerulonephritis; and metastasis of carcinoma.
  • a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is rejection of transplanted organ
  • a S1P receptor modulator in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment of a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal, wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is rejection of transplanted organs or tissue; graft-versus-host diseases brought about by transplantation; autoimmune syndromes including rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis; pollen allergies; type I diabetes; prevention of psoriasis; Crohn's disease; ulcerative colitis, acute respiratory distress syndrome; adult respiratory distress syndrome; influenza; post-infectious autoimmune diseases including rheumatic fever and post-infectious glomerulonephritis; and metastasis of carcinoma.
  • a method of modulating S1P receptor activity comprising contacting the S1P receptor, or portion thereof, with a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • FIG. 1 shows the cellular potency for a compound of Formula (I) described herein in the Ca 2+ flux assay.
  • FIG. 2 shows the reduction in lymphocyte count at four hours for compounds of Formula (I) described herein.
  • Sphingosine-1-phosphate receptors regulate fundamental biological processes such as cell proliferation, angiogenesis, migration, cytoskeleton organization, endothelial cell chemotaxis, immune cell trafficking and mitogenesis. Sphingosine-1-phosphate receptors are also involved in immune-modulation and directly involved in suppression of innate immune responses from T cells. Sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) receptors are divided into five subtypes: S1PR1, S1PR2, S1PR3, S1PR4 and S1PR5. They are expressed in a wide variety of tissues, with each subtype exhibiting different cell specificity, although they are found at their highest density on leukocytes.
  • Described herein are compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), pharmaceutical compositions that include such compounds, and methods of use thereof, for modulating the S1P receptor.
  • compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) pharmaceutical compositions that include such compounds, and methods of use thereof, for selectively modulating S1P receptor subtypes.
  • compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) pharmaceutical compositions that include such compounds, and methods of use thereof, for selectively modulating a single S1P receptor subtype.
  • At least one S1P receptor modulator described herein in another aspect is the administration of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation. In some embodiments is the administration of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from the selective modulation of S1P receptor subtypes. In some embodiments is the administration of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from the selective modulation of two S1P receptor subtypes.
  • At least one S1P receptor modulator described herein is the administration of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from the selective modulation of one S1P receptor subtype. In some embodiments is the administration of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from the selective modulation of S1P receptor subtype 1. In some embodiments is the administration of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from the selective modulation of S1P receptor subtype 2.
  • At least one S1P receptor modulator described herein is the administration of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from the selective modulation of S1P receptor subtype 3. In some embodiments is the administration of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from the selective modulation of S1P receptor subtype 4. In some embodiments is the administration of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from the selective modulation of S1P receptor subtype 5.
  • is a method of modulating S1P receptor activity comprising contacting S1P receptor, or portion thereof, with a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is an S1P receptor agonist.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is an S1P receptor subtype 1 agonist.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is an S1P receptor subtype 2 agonist.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is an S1P receptor subtype 3 agonist.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is an S1P receptor subtype 4 agonist.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is an S1P receptor subtype 5 agonist.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is an S1P receptor partial agonist.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is an S1P receptor subtype 1 partial agonist.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is an S1P receptor subtype 2 partial agonist.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is an S1P receptor subtype 3 partial agonist.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is an S1P receptor subtype 4 partial agonist.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is an S1P receptor subtype 5 partial agonist.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is an S1P receptor antagonist.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is an S1P receptor subtype 1 antagonist.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is an S1P receptor subtype 2 antagonist.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is an S1P receptor subtype 3 antagonist.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is an S1P receptor subtype 4 antagonist.
  • the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is an S1P receptor subtype 5 antagonist.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 .
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , —N(R 11 )R 12 , —C(O)R 14 , —C(O)OR 10 , and —C(O)N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • X 1 is N; and X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 .
  • X 1 is N; and X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • X 1 is N; and X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • X 2 is N; and X 1 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 .
  • a compound of Formula (I) wherein X 2 is N; and X 1 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • X 2 is N; and X 1 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • X 3 is N; and X 1 , X 2 , and X 4 are each CR 1 .
  • a compound of Formula (I) wherein X 3 is N; and X 1 , X 2 , and X 4 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • X 3 is N; and X 1 , X 2 , and X 4 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • X 4 is N; and X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are each CR 1 .
  • X 4 is N; and X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 0.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R 3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R 3 is optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R 3 is methyl.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH 2 —, or —CH 2 O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein Z is —O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein Z is —OCH 2 —. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein Z is —CH 2 O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein Z is —S—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein Z is —CH 2 —. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein Z is —N(R 4 )—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein Z is —N(H)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein Z is —N(CH 3 )—.
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ia), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , —N(R 11 )R 12 , —C(O)R 14 , —C(O)OR 10 , and —C(O)N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 0.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein R 3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein R 3 is optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein R 3 is methyl.
  • a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH 2 —, or —CH 2 O—.
  • Z is —O—.
  • Z is —OCH 2 —.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein Z is —CH 2 O—.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein Z is —S—.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein Z is —CH 2 —.
  • Z is —N(H)—.
  • Z is —N(CH 3 )—.
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , —N(R 11 )R 12 , —C(O)R 14 , —C(O)OR 10 , and —C(O)N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 0.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein R 3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein R 3 is optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein R 3 is methyl.
  • a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH 2 —, or —CH 2 O—.
  • Z is —O—.
  • Z is —OCH 2 —.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein Z is —CH 2 O—.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein Z is —S—.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein Z is —CH 2 —.
  • Z is —N(H)—.
  • Z is —N(CH 3 )—.
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ic), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , —N(R 11 )R 12 , —C(O)R 14 , —C(O)OR 10 , and —C(O)N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 0.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein R 3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein R 3 is optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein R 3 is methyl.
  • a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH 2 —, or —CH 2 O—.
  • Z is —O—.
  • Z is —OCH 2 —.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein Z is —CH 2 O—.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein Z is —S—.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein Z is —CH 2 —.
  • a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein Z is —N(R 4 )—.
  • Z is —N(H)—.
  • Z is —N(CH 3 )—.
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Id), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , —N(R 11 )R 12 , —C(O)R 14 , —C(O)OR 10 , and —C(O)N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 0.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein R 3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein R 3 is optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein R 3 is methyl.
  • a compound of Formula (Id) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH 2 —, or —CH 2 O—.
  • Z is —O—.
  • Z is —OCH 2 —.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein Z is —CH 2 O—.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein Z is —S—.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein Z is —CH 2 —.
  • Z is —N(H)—.
  • Z is —N(CH 3 )—.
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ie), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , —N(R 11 )R 12 , —C(O)R 14 , —C(O)OR 10 , and —C(O)N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 0.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein R 3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein R 3 is optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein R 3 is methyl.
  • a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH 2 —, or —CH 2 O—.
  • Z is —O—.
  • Z is —OCH 2 —.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein Z is —CH 2 O—.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein Z is —S—.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein Z is —CH 2 —.
  • a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein Z is —N(R 4 )—.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein Z is —N(H)—.
  • Z is —N(CH 3 )—.
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 .
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , —N(R 11 )R 12 , —C(O)R 14 , —C(O)OR 10 , and —C(O)N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • a compound of Formula (II) wherein X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • a compound of Formula (II) wherein X 1 is N; and X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • X 1 is N; and X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • a compound of Formula (II) wherein X 2 is N; and X 1 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • X 2 is N; and X 1 , X 3 , and X 4 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • a compound of Formula (II) wherein X 3 is N; and X 1 , X 2 , and X 4 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • X 3 is N; and X 1 , X 2 , and X 4 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • a compound of Formula (II) wherein X 4 is N; and X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • X 4 is N; and X 1 , X 2 , and X 3 are each CR 1 ; and each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 0.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein R 3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein R 3 is optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein R 3 is methyl.
  • a compound of Formula (II) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH 2 —, or —CH 2 O—.
  • Z is —O—.
  • Z is —OCH 2 —.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (II) wherein Z is —CH 2 O—.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (II) wherein Z is —S—.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (II) wherein Z is —CH 2 —.
  • a compound of Formula (II) wherein Z is —N(R 4 )—.
  • Z is a compound of Formula (II) wherein Z is —N(H)—.
  • Z is —N(CH 3 )—.
  • the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , —N(R 11 )R 12 , —C(O)R 14 , —C(O)OR 10 , and —C(O)N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 0.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein R 3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein R 3 is optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein R 3 is methyl.
  • the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , —N(R 11 )R 12 , —C(O)R 14 , —C(O)OR 10 , and —C(O)N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 0.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein R 3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein R 3 is optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein R 3 is methyl.
  • the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIc), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , —N(R 11 )R 12 , —C(O)R 14 , —C(O)OR 10 , and —C(O)N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 0.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein R 3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein R 3 is optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein R 3 is methyl.
  • the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IId), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , —N(R 11 )R 12 , —C(O)R 14 , —C(O)OR 10 , and —C(O)N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 0.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein R 3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein R 3 is optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein R 3 is methyl.
  • the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , —N(R 11 )R 12 , —C(O)R 14 , —C(O)OR 10 , and —C(O)N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —CF 3 , —OR 10 , and —N(R 11 )R 12 .
  • each R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF 3 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 3 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 2 and each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, —OR 20 , and —N(R 21 )R 22 .
  • n is 1 and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
  • n is 0.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein R 3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein R 3 is optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein R 3 is methyl.
  • the therapeutic agent(s) e.g. compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe)
  • the pharmaceutical composition as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • any compound described above is suitable for any method or composition described herein.
  • the compounds presented herein possess one or more stereocenters and each center independently exists in either the R or S configuration.
  • the compounds presented herein include all diastereomeric, enantiomeric, atropisomers, and epimeric forms as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof.
  • Stereoisomers are obtained, if desired, by methods such as, stereoselective synthesis and/or the separation of stereoisomers by chiral chromatographic columns.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) is used as a single enantiomer.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) is used as a racemic mixture.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) possesses hindered rotation about a single bond resulting in atropisomers.
  • N-oxides if appropriate
  • crystalline forms also known as polymorphs
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds having the structures presented herein as well as active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity.
  • compounds may exist as tautomers. All tautomers are included within the scope of the compounds presented herein.
  • prodrugs refers to an agent that is converted into the parent drug in vivo. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent drug. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent is not. The prodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug. In some embodiments, the design of a prodrug increases the effective water solubility. In certain embodiments, upon in vivo administration, a prodrug is chemically converted to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound. In certain embodiments, a prodrug is enzymatically metabolized by one or more steps or processes to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound.
  • Prodrugs of the compounds described herein include, but are not limited to, esters, ethers, carbonates, thiocarbonates, N-acyl derivatives, N-acyloxyalkyl derivatives, quaternary derivatives of tertiary amines, N-Mannich bases, Schiff bases, amino acid conjugates, phosphate esters, and sulfonate esters. See for example Design of Prodrugs, Bundgaard, A. Ed., Elseview, 1985 and Method in Enzymology, Widder, K. et al., Ed.; Academic, 1985, vol. 42, p. 309-396; Bundgaard, H.
  • a hydroxyl group in the compounds disclosed herein is used to form a prodrug, wherein the hydroxyl group is incorporated into an acyloxyalkyl ester, alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyl ester, alkyl ester, aryl ester, phosphate ester, sugar ester, ether, and the like.
  • Prodrug forms of the herein described compounds, wherein the prodrug is metabolized in vivo to produce a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), as set forth herein are included within the scope of the claims.
  • some of the herein-described compounds may be a prodrug for another derivative or active compound.
  • the compounds described herein exist in solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. In other embodiments, the compounds described herein exist in unsolvated form.
  • the compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) described herein include solvent addition forms or crystal forms thereof, particularly solvates or polymorphs.
  • Solvates contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and may be formed during the process of crystallization with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed when the solvent is alcohol.
  • sites on the compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) disclosed herein are susceptible to various metabolic reactions. Therefore incorporation of appropriate substituents at the places of metabolic reactions will reduce, minimize or eliminate the metabolic pathways.
  • the appropriate substituent to decrease or eliminate the susceptibility of the aromatic ring to metabolic reactions is, by way of example only, a halogen, deuterium or an alkyl group.
  • the compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) disclosed herein are isotopically-labeled, which are identical to those recited in the various formulae and structures presented herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
  • one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with deuterium.
  • metabolic sites on the compounds described herein are deuterated.
  • substitution with deuterium affords certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, such as, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements.
  • compounds described herein such as compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), are in various forms, including but not limited to, amorphous forms, milled forms and nano-particulate forms.
  • compounds described herein include crystalline forms, also known as polymorphs. Polymorphs include the different crystal packing arrangements of the same elemental composition of a compound. Polymorphs usually have different X-ray diffraction patterns, melting points, density, hardness, crystal shape, optical properties, stability, and solubility. Various factors such as the recrystallization solvent, rate of crystallization, and storage temperature may cause a single crystal form to dominate.
  • the screening and characterization of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, polymorphs and/or solvates may be accomplished using a variety of techniques including, but not limited to, thermal analysis, x-ray diffraction, spectroscopy, vapor sorption, and microscopy.
  • Thermal analysis methods address thermo chemical degradation or thermo physical processes including, but not limited to, polymorphic transitions, and such methods are used to analyze the relationships between polymorphic forms, determine weight loss, to find the glass transition temperature, or for excipient compatibility studies.
  • Such methods include, but are not limited to, Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), Modulated Differential Scanning Calorimetry (MDCS), Thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), and Thermogravi-metric and Infrared analysis (TG/IR).
  • DSC Differential scanning calorimetry
  • MDCS Modulated Differential Scanning Calorimetry
  • TGA Thermogravimetric analysis
  • TG/IR Thermogravi-metric and Infrared analysis
  • X-ray diffraction methods include, but are not limited to, single crystal and powder diffractometers and synchrotron sources.
  • the various spectroscopic techniques used include, but are not limited to, Raman, FTIR, UV-VIS, and NMR (liquid and solid state).
  • the various microscopy techniques include, but are not limited to, polarized light microscopy, Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) with Energy Dispersive X-Ray Analysis (EDX), Environmental Scanning Electron Microscopy with EDX (in gas or water vapor atmosphere), IR microscopy, and Raman microscopy.
  • the synthesis of compounds described herein are accomplished using means described in the chemical literature, using the methods described herein, or by a combination thereof.
  • solvents, temperatures and other reaction conditions presented herein may vary.
  • the starting materials and reagents used for the synthesis of the compounds described herein are synthesized or are obtained from commercial sources, such as, but not limited to, Sigma-Aldrich, FischerScientific (Fischer Chemicals), and AcrosOrganics.
  • the compounds described herein, and other related compounds having different substituents are synthesized using techniques and materials described herein as well as those that are recognized in the field, such as described, for example, in Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-17 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991); Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5 and Supplementals (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989); Organic Reactions, Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991), Larock's Comprehensive Organic Transformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989), March, Advanced Organic Chemistry 4 th Ed., (Wiley 1992); Carey and Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry 4 th Ed., Vols.
  • Protective groups can be removed by acid, base, reducing conditions (such as, for example, hydrogenolysis), and/or oxidative conditions.
  • Groups such as trityl, dimethoxytrityl, acetal and t-butyldimethylsilyl are acid labile and may be used to protect carboxy and hydroxy reactive moieties in the presence of amino groups protected with Cbz groups, which are removable by hydrogenolysis, and Fmoc groups, which are base labile.
  • Carboxylic acid and hydroxy reactive moieties may be blocked with base labile groups such as, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, and acetyl in the presence of amines blocked with acid labile groups such as t-butyl carbamate or with carbamates that are both acid and base stable but hydrolytically removable.
  • base labile groups such as, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, and acetyl in the presence of amines blocked with acid labile groups such as t-butyl carbamate or with carbamates that are both acid and base stable but hydrolytically removable.
  • Carboxylic acid and hydroxy reactive moieties may also be blocked with hydrolytically removable protective groups such as the benzyl group, while amine groups capable of hydrogen bonding with acids may be blocked with base labile groups such as Fmoc.
  • Carboxylic acid reactive moieties may be protected by conversion to simple ester compounds as exemplified herein, which include conversion to alkyl esters, or they may be blocked with oxidatively-removable protective groups such as 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, while co-existing amino groups may be blocked with fluoride labile silyl carbamates.
  • Allyl blocking groups are useful in the presence of acid- and base-protecting groups since the former are stable and can be subsequently removed by metal or pi-acid catalysts.
  • an allyl-blocked carboxylic acid can be deprotected with a Pd 0 -catalyzed reaction in the presence of acid labile t-butyl carbamate or base-labile acetate amine protecting groups.
  • Yet another form of protecting group is a resin to which a compound or intermediate may be attached. As long as the residue is attached to the resin, that functional group is blocked and cannot react. Once released from the resin, the functional group is available to react.
  • blocking/protecting groups may be selected from:
  • Standard techniques can be used for chemical syntheses, chemical analyses, pharmaceutical preparation, formulation, and delivery, and treatment of patients.
  • Standard techniques can be used for recombinant DNA, oligonucleotide synthesis, and tissue culture and transformation (e.g., electroporation, lipofection).
  • Reactions and purification techniques can be performed e.g., using kits of manufacturer's specifications or as commonly accomplished in the art or as described herein.
  • the foregoing techniques and procedures can be generally performed of conventional methods and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout the present specification.
  • C 1 -C x includes C 1 -C 2 , C 1 -C 3 . . . C 1 -C x , C 1 -C x refers to the number of carbon atoms that make up the moiety to which it designates (excluding optional substituents).
  • alkyl refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the alkyl groups may or may not include units of unsaturation.
  • the alkyl moiety may be a “saturated alkyl” group, which means that it does not contain any units of unsaturation (i.e. a carbon-carbon double bond or a carbon-carbon triple bond).
  • the alkyl group may also be an “unsaturated alkyl” moiety, which means that it contains at least one unit of unsaturation.
  • the alkyl moiety, whether saturated or unsaturated may be branched, straight chain, or cyclic.
  • the “alkyl” group may have 1 to 6 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “1 to 6” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., “1 to 6 carbon atoms” means that the alkyl group may consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 6 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term “alkyl” where no numerical range is designated).
  • the alkyl group of the compounds described herein may be designated as “C 1 -C 6 alkyl” or similar designations.
  • C 1 -C 6 alkyl indicates that there are one to six carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, i.e., the alkyl chain is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, iso-pentyl, neo-pentyl, hexyl, propen-3-yl (allyl), cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl.
  • Alkyl groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. Depending on the structure, an alkyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an alkylene group).
  • alkoxy refers to a “—O-alkyl” group, where alkyl is as defined herein.
  • alkenyl refers to a type of alkyl group in which two atoms of the alkyl group form a double bond that is not part of an aromatic group.
  • alkenyl group include —CH ⁇ CH 2 , —C(CH 3 ) ⁇ CH 2 , —CH ⁇ CHCH 3 , —CH ⁇ C(CH 3 ) 2 and —C(CH 3 ) ⁇ CHCH 3 .
  • the alkenyl moiety may be branched, straight chain, or cyclic (in which case, it would also be known as a “cycloalkenyl” group).
  • Alkenyl groups may have 2 to 6 carbons. Alkenyl groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. Depending on the structure, an alkenyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an alkenylene group).
  • alkynyl refers to a type of alkyl group in which the two atoms of the alkyl group form a triple bond.
  • Non-limiting examples of an alkynyl group include —C ⁇ CH, —C ⁇ CCH 3 , —C ⁇ CCH 2 CH 3 and —C ⁇ CCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 .
  • the “R” portion of the alkynyl moiety may be branched, straight chain, or cyclic.
  • An alkynyl group can have 2 to 6 carbons.
  • Alkynyl groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. Depending on the structure, an alkynyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an alkynylene group).
  • Amino refers to a —NH 2 group.
  • “Dialkylamino” refers to a —N(alkyl) 2 group, where alkyl is as defined herein.
  • aromatic refers to a planar ring having a delocalized ⁇ -electron system containing 4n+2 ⁇ electrons, where n is an integer. Aromatic rings can be formed from five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine atoms. Aromatics can be optionally substituted.
  • aromatic includes both aryl groups (e.g., phenyl, naphthalenyl) and heteroaryl groups (e.g., pyridinyl, quinolinyl).
  • aryl refers to an aromatic ring wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom.
  • Aryl rings can be formed by five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine carbon atoms.
  • Aryl groups can be optionally substituted. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to phenyl, and naphthalenyl. Depending on the structure, an aryl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an arylene group).
  • Carboxy refers to —CO 2 H.
  • carboxy moieties may be replaced with a “carboxylic acid bioisostere”, which refers to a functional group or moiety that exhibits similar physical and/or chemical properties as a carboxylic acid moiety.
  • a carboxylic acid bioisostere has similar biological properties to that of a carboxylic acid group.
  • a compound with a carboxylic acid moiety can have the carboxylic acid moiety exchanged with a carboxylic acid bioisostere and have similar physical and/or biological properties when compared to the carboxylic acid-containing compound.
  • a carboxylic acid bioisostere would ionize at physiological pH to roughly the same extent as a carboxylic acid group.
  • bioisosteres of a carboxylic acid include, but are not limited to,
  • cycloalkyl refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic non-aromatic radical, wherein each of the atoms forming the ring (i.e. skeletal atoms) is a carbon atom. Cycloalkyls may be saturated, or partially unsaturated. Cycloalkyls may be fused with an aromatic ring (in which case the cycloalkyl is bonded through a non-aromatic ring carbon atom). Cycloalkyl groups include groups having from 3 to 10 ring atoms. Illustrative examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, the following moieties:
  • heteroaryl or, alternatively, “heteroaromatic” refers to an aryl group that includes one or more ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • An N-containing “heteroaromatic” or “heteroaryl” moiety refers to an aromatic group in which at least one of the skeletal atoms of the ring is a nitrogen atom.
  • Polycyclic heteroaryl groups may be fused or non-fused.
  • Illustrative examples of heteroaryl groups include the following moieties:
  • heterocycloalkyl group or “heteroalicyclic” group refers to a cycloalkyl group, wherein at least one skeletal ring atom is a heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • the radicals may be fused with an aryl or heteroaryl.
  • heterocycloalkyl groups also referred to as non-aromatic heterocycles, include:
  • heteroalicyclic also includes all ring forms of the carbohydrates, including but not limited to the monosaccharides, the disaccharides and the oligosaccharides.
  • heterocycloalkyls have from 2 to 10 carbons in the ring. It is understood that when referring to the number of carbon atoms in a heterocycloalkyl, the number of carbon atoms in the heterocycloalkyl is not the same as the total number of atoms (including the heteroatoms) that make up the heterocycloalkyl (i.e. skeletal atoms of the heterocycloalkyl ring).
  • halo or, alternatively, “halogen” means fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
  • haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the halogens may the same or they may be different.
  • Non-limiting examples of haloalkyls include —CH 2 Cl, —CF 3 , —CHF 2 , —CH 2 CF 3 , —CF 2 CF 3 , —CF(CH 3 ) 2 , and the like.
  • fluoroalkyl and “fluoroalkoxy” include alkyl and alkoxy groups, respectively, that are substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
  • fluoroalkyls include —CF 3 , —CHF 2 , —CH 2 F, —CH 2 CF 3 , —CF 2 CF 3 , —CF 2 CF 2 CF 3 , —CF(CH 3 ) 3 , and the like.
  • Non-limiting examples of fluoroalkoxy groups include —OCF 3 , —OCHF 2 , —OCH 2 F, —OCH 2 CF 3 , —OCF 2 CF 3 , —OCF 2 CF 2 CF 3 , —OCF(CH 3 ) 2 , and the like.
  • heteroalkyl refers to an alkyl radical where one or more skeletal chain atoms is selected from an atom other than carbon, e.g., oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, or combinations thereof.
  • the heteroatom(s) may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group.
  • Examples include, but are not limited to, —CH 2 —O—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 3 , —CH 2 —NH—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —NH—CH 3 , —CH 2 —N(CH 3 )—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —NH—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —N(CH 3 )—CH 3 , —CH 2 —S—CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 , —S(O)—CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —S(O) 2 —CH 3 , —CH 2 —NH—OCH 3 , —CH 2 —O—Si(CH 3 ) 3 , —CH 2 —CH ⁇ N—OCH 3 , and —CH ⁇ CH—N(CH 3 )—CH 3 .
  • heteroalkyl may have from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • bond refers to a chemical bond between two atoms, or two moieties when the atoms joined by the bond are considered to be part of larger substructure.
  • moiety refers to a specific segment or functional group of a molecule. Chemical moieties are often recognized chemical entities embedded in or appended to a molecule.
  • substituent “R” appearing by itself and without a number designation refers to a substituent selected from among from alkyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon), and heterocycloalkyl.
  • optionally substituted or “substituted” means that the referenced group may be substituted with one or more additional group(s) individually and independently selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, —OH, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkylsulfoxide, arylsulfoxide, alkylsulfone, arylsulfone, —CN, alkyne, C 1 -C 6 alkylalkyne, halo, acyl, acyloxy, —CO 2 H, —CO 2 -alkyl, nitro, haloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups (e.g.
  • substituents are independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH 2 , —NH(CH 3 ), —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —OH, —CO 2 H, —CO 2 alkyl, —C( ⁇ O)NH 2 , —C( ⁇ O)NH(alkyl), —C( ⁇ O)N(alkyl) 2 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NH 2 , —S( ⁇ O) 2 NH(alkyl), —S( ⁇ O) 2 N(alkyl) 2 , alkyl, cycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heteroalkyl, alkoxy, fluoroalkoxy, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkylsulfoxide, arylsul
  • optional substituents are independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH 2 , —OH, —NH(CH 3 ), —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —CH 3 , —CH 2 CH 3 , —CF 3 , —OCH 3 , and —OCF 3 .
  • substituted groups are substituted with one or two of the preceding groups.
  • an optional substituent on an aliphatic carbon atom (acyclic or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated carbon atoms, excluding aromatic carbon atoms) includes oxo ( ⁇ O).
  • the methods and formulations described herein include the use of crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds having the structure of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), as well as active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity.
  • the term “about” or “approximately” means within 20%, preferably within 10%, and more preferably within 5% of a given value or range.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” as used herein refers to the amount of an S1P receptor modulator that, when administered to a mammal in need, is effective to at least partially ameliorate or to at least partially prevent diseases, disorders or conditions described herein.
  • expression includes the process by which polynucleotides are transcribed into mRNA and translated into peptides, polypeptides, or proteins.
  • activator is used in this specification to denote any molecular species that results in activation of the indicated receptor, regardless of whether the species itself binds to the receptor or a metabolite of the species binds to the receptor.
  • the activator can be a ligand of the receptor or it can be an activator that is metabolized to the ligand of the receptor, i.e., a metabolite that is formed in tissue and is the actual ligand.
  • antagonist refers to a small-molecule agent that binds to a receptor and subsequently decreases the agonist induced transcriptional activity of the receptor.
  • agonist refers to a small-molecule agent that binds to a receptor and subsequently increases receptor transcriptional activity in the absence of a known agonist.
  • inverse agonist refers to a small-molecule agent that binds to a receptor and subsequently decreases the basal level of receptor transcriptional activity that is present in the absence of a known agonist.
  • module means to interact with a target either directly or indirectly so as to alter the activity of the target, including, by way of example only, to enhance the activity of the target, to inhibit the activity of the target, to limit the activity of the target, or to extend the activity of the target.
  • S1P receptor modulator includes S1P receptor agonists, partial agonists, antagonists and tissue selective S1P receptor modulators.
  • subject or “patient” encompasses mammals.
  • mammals include, but are not limited to, any member of the Mammalian class: humans, non-human primates such as chimpanzees, and other apes and monkey species; farm animals such as cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine; domestic animals such as rabbits, dogs, and cats; laboratory animals including rodents, such as rats, mice and guinea pigs, and the like.
  • the mammal is a human.
  • a therapy which reduces the severity of a pathology in one species of mammal is predictive of the effect of the therapy on another species of mammal.
  • treat include alleviating, abating or ameliorating at least one symptom of a disease or condition, preventing additional symptoms, inhibiting the disease or condition, e.g., arresting the development of the disease or condition, relieving the disease or condition, causing regression of the disease or condition, relieving a condition caused by the disease or condition, or stopping the symptoms of the disease or condition either prophylactically and/or therapeutically.
  • Suitable routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral, intravenous, rectal, aerosol, parenteral, ophthalmic, pulmonary, transmucosal, transdermal, vaginal, otic, nasal, and topical administration.
  • parenteral delivery includes intramuscular, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramedullary injections, as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intraperitoneal, intralymphatic, and intranasal injections.
  • a compound as described herein is administered in a local rather than systemic manner, for example, via injection of the compound directly into an organ, often in a depot preparation or sustained release formulation.
  • long acting formulations are administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection.
  • the drug is delivered in a targeted drug delivery system, for example, in a liposome coated with organ-specific antibody.
  • the liposomes are targeted to and taken up selectively by the organ.
  • the compound as described herein is provided in the form of a rapid release formulation, in the form of an extended release formulation, or in the form of an intermediate release formulation.
  • the compound described herein is administered topically.
  • S1P receptor modulators as described herein can be in any pharmacological form including a therapeutically effective amount of an S1P receptor modulator alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • compositions may be formulated in a conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers including excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Additional details about suitable excipients for pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Company, 1995); Hoover, John E., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 1975; Liberman, H. A. and Lachman, L., Eds., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Marcel Decker, New York, N.Y., 1980; and Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Seventh Ed. (Lippincott Williams & Wilkins 1999), herein incorporated by reference for such disclosure.
  • a pharmaceutical composition refers to a mixture of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) described herein, with other chemical components, such as carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, and/or excipients.
  • the pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism.
  • therapeutically effective amounts of compounds described herein are administered in a pharmaceutical composition to a mammal having a disease, disorder, or condition to be treated.
  • the mammal is a human.
  • a therapeutically effective amount can vary widely depending on the severity of the disease, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compound used and other factors.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or binder.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is formulated for a route of administration selected from oral administration, parenteral administration, buccal administration, nasal administration, topical administration, or rectal administration.
  • a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • in another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is selected from multiple sclerosis, ulcerative colitis, and Crohn's disease.
  • in another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is multiple sclerosis.
  • in another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is ulcerative colitis.
  • in another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is Crohn's disease.
  • a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is rejection of transplanted organs or tissue; graft-versus-host diseases brought about by transplantation; autoimmune syndromes including rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis; pollen allergies; type I diabetes; prevention of psoriasis; Crohn's disease; ulcerative colitis, acute respiratory distress syndrome; adult respiratory distress syndrome; influenza; post-infectious autoimmune diseases including rheumatic fever and post-infectious glomerulonep
  • a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) is used singly or in combination with one or more therapeutic agents as components of mixtures (as in combination therapy).
  • a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) is used singly.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) is used in combination with another S1P receptor modulator or another type of therapeutic agent, or both.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) is used in combination with another S1P receptor modulator.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) is used in combination with another type of therapeutic agent.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) is used in combination with another S1P receptor modulator and another type of therapeutic agent.
  • compositions described herein can be administered to a subject by multiple administration routes, including but not limited to, oral, parenteral (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular), intranasal, buccal, topical, rectal, or transdermal administration routes.
  • parenteral e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular
  • intranasal e.g., buccal
  • topical e.g., topical, rectal, or transdermal administration routes.
  • compositions described herein which include a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) described herein, can be formulated into any suitable dosage form, including but not limited to, aqueous oral dispersions, liquids, gels, syrups, elixirs, slurries, suspensions, aerosols, controlled release formulations, fast melt formulations, effervescent formulations, lyophilized formulations, tablets, powders, pills, dragees, capsules, delayed release formulations, extended release formulations, pulsatile release formulations, multiparticulate formulations, and mixed immediate release and controlled release formulations.
  • aqueous oral dispersions liquids, gels, syrups, elixirs, slurries, suspensions, aerosols, controlled release formulations, fast melt formulations, effervescent formulations
  • compositions including a compound described herein may be manufactured in a conventional manner, such as, by way of example only, by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or compression processes.
  • Dose administration can be repeated depending upon the pharmacokinetic parameters of the dosage formulation and the route of administration used.
  • Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the mammalian subjects to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
  • the specification for the dosage unit forms are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the S1P receptor modulator and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of sensitivity in individuals.
  • the specific dose can be readily calculated by one of ordinary skill in the art, e.g., according to the approximate body weight or body surface area of the patient or the volume of body space to be occupied.
  • the dose will also be calculated dependent upon the particular route of administration selected. Further refinement of the calculations necessary to determine the appropriate dosage for treatment is routinely made by those of ordinary skill in the art. Such calculations can be made without undue experimentation by one skilled in the art in light of the S1P receptor modulator activities disclosed herein in assay preparations of target cells. Exact dosages are determined in conjunction with standard dose-response studies. It will be understood that the amount of the composition actually administered will be determined by a practitioner, in the light of the relevant circumstances including the condition or conditions to be treated, the choice of composition to be administered, the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient's symptoms, and the chosen route of administration.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such S1P receptor modulators can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, for example, for determining the LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
  • the dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD 50 /ED 50 .
  • S1P receptor modulators that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While S1P receptor modulators that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such modulators to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
  • the data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans.
  • the dosage of such S1P receptor modulators lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50 with little or no toxicity.
  • the dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays.
  • a dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC 50 (i.e., the concentration of the S1P receptor modulator that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture.
  • IC 50 i.e., the concentration of the S1P receptor modulator that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms
  • levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
  • the compounds described herein can be used in the preparation of medicaments for the modulation of the S1P receptor, or for the treatment of diseases or conditions that would benefit, at least in part, from modulation of the S1P receptor.
  • a method for treating any of the diseases or conditions described herein in a subject in need of such treatment involves administration of pharmaceutical compositions containing at least one compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate or hydrate thereof, in therapeutically effective amounts to said subject.
  • compositions containing the compound(s) described herein can be administered for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments.
  • the compositions are administered to a patient already suffering from a disease or condition, in an amount sufficient to cure or at least partially arrest the symptoms of the disease or condition. Amounts effective for this use will depend on the severity and course of the disease or condition, previous therapy, the patient's health status, weight, and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician.
  • compositions containing the compounds described herein are administered to a patient susceptible to or otherwise at risk of a particular disease, disorder or condition. Such an amount is defined to be a “prophylactically effective amount or dose.”
  • a patient susceptible to or otherwise at risk of a particular disease, disorder or condition is defined to be a “prophylactically effective amount or dose.”
  • dose a pharmaceutically effective amount or dose.
  • the precise amounts also depend on the patient's state of health, weight, and the like.
  • effective amounts for this use will depend on the severity and course of the disease, disorder or condition, previous therapy, the patient's health status and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician.
  • the administration of the compounds may be administered chronically, that is, for an extended period of time, including throughout the duration of the patient's life in order to ameliorate or otherwise control or limit the symptoms of the patient's disease or condition.
  • the administration of the compounds may be given continuously; alternatively, the dose of drug being administered may be temporarily reduced or temporarily suspended for a certain length of time (i.e., a “drug holiday”).
  • the length of the drug holiday can vary between 2 days and 1 year, including by way of example only, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 10 days, 12 days, 15 days, 20 days, 28 days, 35 days, 50 days, 70 days, 100 days, 120 days, 150 days, 180 days, 200 days, 250 days, 280 days, 300 days, 320 days, 350 days, or 365 days.
  • the dose reduction during a drug holiday may be from about 10% to about 100%, including, by way of example only, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, or about 100%.
  • a maintenance dose is administered if necessary. Subsequently, the dosage or the frequency of administration, or both, can be reduced, as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved disease, disorder or condition is retained. Patients can, however, require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of symptoms.
  • the amount of a given agent that will correspond to such an amount will vary depending upon factors such as the particular compound, disease or condition and its severity, the identity (e.g., weight) of the subject or host in need of treatment, but can nevertheless be determined in a manner recognized in the field according to the particular circumstances surrounding the case, including, e.g., the specific agent being administered, the route of administration, the condition being treated, and the subject or host being treated.
  • doses employed for adult human treatment will typically be in the range of about 0.01 mg per day to about 5000 mg per day, in some embodiments, about 1 mg per day to about 1500 mg per day.
  • the desired dose may conveniently be presented in a single dose or as divided doses administered simultaneously (or over a short period of time) or at appropriate intervals, for example as two, three, four or more sub-doses per day.
  • the pharmaceutical composition described herein may be in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise dosages.
  • the formulation is divided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of one or more compound.
  • the unit dosage may be in the form of a package containing discrete quantities of the formulation.
  • Non-limiting examples are packaged tablets or capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules.
  • Aqueous suspension compositions can be packaged in single-dose non-reclosable containers.
  • multiple-dose reclosable containers can be used, in which case it is typical to include a preservative in the composition.
  • formulations for parenteral injection may be presented in unit dosage form, which include, but are not limited to ampoules, or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
  • the daily dosages appropriate for the compounds described herein described herein are from about 0.001 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg. In one embodiment, the daily dosages are from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg.
  • An indicated daily dosage in the larger mammal, including, but not limited to, humans, is in the range from about 0.1 mg to about 1000 mg, conveniently administered in a single dose or in divided doses, including, but not limited to, up to four times a day or in extended release form.
  • Suitable unit dosage forms for oral administration include from about 1 to about 500 mg active ingredient. In one embodiment, the unit dosage is about 1 mg, about 5 mg, about, 10 mg, about 20 mg, about 50 mg, about 100 mg, about 200 mg, about 250 mg, about 400 mg, or about 500 mg.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such therapeutic regimens can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, including, but not limited to, the determination of the LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population).
  • the dose ratio between the toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio between LD 50 and ED 50 .
  • Compounds exhibiting high therapeutic indices are preferred.
  • the data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in human.
  • the dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED 50 with minimal toxicity.
  • the dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
  • S1P1 membrane is prepared from CHO-Kl G ⁇ qi5 cells expression full-length human S1P1.
  • Scintillation proximity assay (SPA) is performed by incubating membranes, GTP ⁇ 15 S, and compounds at various concentrations for 60 minutes. Wheat germ agglutinin-coated SPA beads are added and incubated for 60 minutes before centrifugation and scintillation counting. EC 50 data for exemplified compounds is shown below in Table 1.
  • the cell suspension was seeded into the appropriate assay microplate (100 ⁇ L/well for 96-well plate, 25 ⁇ L/well for 384-well plate).
  • the assay plate was kept at room temperature for 30 minutes and then moved to a humidified 37° C. 5% CO 2 incubator for 24 hours. After 24 hour incubation, the assay plate was removed from the incubator and washed sufficiently with Hank's Balanced Salt Solution (HBSS) supplemented with 20 mM HEPES, 2.5 mM Probenecid at pH 7.4 to remove all trace of Media Component.
  • HBSS Hank's Balanced Salt Solution
  • Fluo-8, AM AAT Bioquest: 21080
  • Ca 2+ dye was prepared by dissolving 1 mg of Fluo-8 NW in 200 ⁇ L of DMSO.
  • Fluo-8 NW Ca 2+ dye solution was placed into 10 mL of HBSS 20 mM HEPES, 2.5m M Probenecid pH 7.4 buffer and applied to assay microplate (Ca 2+ dye at 10 ⁇ L/10 mL is sufficient for loading one (1) microplate).
  • FLIPR was set up to dispense 3 ⁇ ligand to appropriate wells in the assay plate.
  • the excitation wavelength was set at 470-495 nm (FLIPRTETRA) or 485 nm (FLIPR1, FLIPR2, FLIPR3) and emission wavelength at 515-565 nm (FLIPRTETRA) or emission filter for Ca2+ dyes (FLIPR1, FLIPR2, FLIPR3).
  • the pipet tip height was set to 5 ⁇ L below liquid level and dispense rate to 75 ⁇ L/sec (96-well format) or 50 ⁇ L/sec (384-well format).
  • the plate layout and tip layout was set for each individual experiment. The time course was set for 180 seconds, with ligand addition at 10 seconds.
  • the ligands were prepared in non-binding surface Corning plates (Corning 3605—96-well or Corning 3574 ⁇ 384-well). After the run was complete, negative control correction was applied and data analyzed utilizing the maximum statistic. As shown in FIG. 1 , a compound of Formula (I) described herein, showed cellular potency in the assay (EC50 ⁇ 200 nM).
  • mice A total of 6 mice were used in this study for each compound (Examples 1-6) and divided in two groups as Group 1 (vehicle, Dose: 10 mL/kg) and Group 2 (Compound, Dose: 10 mg/kg, p.o.). Animals in Group 1 were administered with vehicle. Animals in Group 2 were administered with solution formulation of PTC1566-1 at 10 mg/kg dose through oral route. Blood samples from Group 2 were collected under light isoflurane anesthesia from a set of three mice at 1 & 4 hr (p.o.) and from Group 1 blood samples were collected at 4 hr. Plasma was harvested by centrifugation of blood and stored at ⁇ 70° C. until analysis.
  • Example 20 Phase 3 Study to Evaluate Safety and Efficacy of a Compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) in Patients with Relapsing Multiple Sclerosis (MS)
  • MS Relapsing Multiple Sclerosis
  • the primary objective of this study is to assess tolerability and safety and health outcomes in relapsing MS patients taking a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe).
  • Eligible patients will be men and women 18 years to 65 years of age.

Abstract

Described herein are heterocyclic compounds, compositions, and methods for their use for the treatment of disease.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE
  • This application is a Continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 16/865,212 filed May 1, 2020, which is a Continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 15/775,723 filed May 11, 2018, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,683,291 B2, issued Jun. 16, 2020, which is a U.S. National Stage entry of PCT application PCT/US2016/061676 filed Nov. 11, 2016, which claims benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/255,041, filed on Nov. 13, 2015, which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • The sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) receptors are a class of G protein-coupled receptors that are targets of the lipid signaling molecule sphingosine-1-phosphate. Sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) is a bioactive sphingolipid that has been demonstrated to induce many cellular processes, including those that result in platelet aggregation, cell proliferation, cell morphology, tumor-cell invasion, endothelial cell chemotaxis and angiogenesis, cytoskeletal re-arrangements in many cell types to regulate immune cell trafficking, vascular homeostasis and cell communication in the central nervous system (CNS) and in peripheral organ systems. S1P can bind with members of the endothelial cell differentiation gene family (EDG receptors) of plasma membrane-localized G protein-coupled receptors. To date, five members of this family have been identified as S1P receptors in different cell types, S1P1 (EDG-1), S1P2 (EDG-5), S1P3 (EDG-3), S1P4 (EDG-6) and S1P5 (EDG-8). S1P receptor modulators are compounds which signal as agonists or antagonists at one or more S1P receptors. Since S1P mediates a wide variety of cellular responses, S1P receptor modulators are promising targets for a variety of therapeutic indications.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • Described herein are compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), pharmaceutical compositions that include such compounds, and methods of use thereof, for modulating the S1P receptor. In one aspect is the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation.
  • In one aspect, provided herein is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00001
  • wherein:
      • X1, X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; or
      • X1 is N; X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; or
      • X2 is N; X1, X3, and X4 are each CR1; or
      • X3 is N; X1, X2, and X4 are each CR1; or
      • X4 is N; X1, X2, and X3 are each CR1;
        Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001

        is selected from
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00002
      • Z is —O—, —S—, —N(R4)—, —CH2—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—;
      • each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C3-C8cycloalkyl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C2-C9heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl), —CF3, —OR10, —SR10, —N(R11)R12, —N(R11)S(O)2R15; —N(R13)N(R11)R12, —N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, —C(S)OR10, —C(O)SR10, —C(O)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R11)R12, —C(O)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(S)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R13)N(R11)R12, and —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15;
      • each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R21)R22, —C(O)R20, —C(O)N(R21)R22, and —N(R23)C(O)R20;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl,
      • R10, R13 and R14 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R11 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally
      • R11 and R12 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • R15 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R20 and R23 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R21 and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally
      • R21 and R22 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • n is 0-4; and
      • p is 0 or 1.
  • In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein X1, X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein X1 is N; X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein X2 is N; and X1, X3, and X4 are each CR1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein X3 is N; and X1, X2, and X4 are each CR1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein X4 is N; and X1, X2, and X3 are each CR1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00003
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00004
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00005
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00006
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00007
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00008
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein Z is —O—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein Z is —O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein Z is —OCH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein p is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein p is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein n is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein n is 1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein n is 2.
  • Any combination of the groups described above or below for the various variables is contemplated herein. Throughout the specification, groups and substituents thereof are chosen by one skilled in the field to provide stable moieties and compounds.
  • In another aspect, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or binder. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is formulated for a route of administration selected from oral administration, parenteral administration, buccal administration, nasal administration, topical administration, or rectal administration.
  • In another aspect is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • In another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is selected from multiple sclerosis, ulcerative colitis, and Crohn's disease. In another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is multiple sclerosis. In another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is ulcerative colitis. In another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is Crohn's disease.
  • In a further embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is rejection of transplanted organs or tissue; graft-versus-host diseases brought about by transplantation; autoimmune syndromes including rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis; pollen allergies; type I diabetes; prevention of psoriasis; Crohn's disease; ulcerative colitis, acute respiratory distress syndrome; adult respiratory distress syndrome; influenza; post-infectious autoimmune diseases including rheumatic fever and post-infectious glomerulonephritis; and metastasis of carcinoma.
  • In another embodiment is the use of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease, disorder, or condition that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation. In another embodiment is the use of a S1P receptor modulator in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment of a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal, wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is rejection of transplanted organs or tissue; graft-versus-host diseases brought about by transplantation; autoimmune syndromes including rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis; pollen allergies; type I diabetes; prevention of psoriasis; Crohn's disease; ulcerative colitis, acute respiratory distress syndrome; adult respiratory distress syndrome; influenza; post-infectious autoimmune diseases including rheumatic fever and post-infectious glomerulonephritis; and metastasis of carcinoma.
  • In another aspect is a method of modulating S1P receptor activity comprising contacting the S1P receptor, or portion thereof, with a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
    • INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
  • All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent, or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 shows the cellular potency for a compound of Formula (I) described herein in the Ca2+ flux assay.
  • FIG. 2 shows the reduction in lymphocyte count at four hours for compounds of Formula (I) described herein.
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • The sphingosine-1-phosphate receptors regulate fundamental biological processes such as cell proliferation, angiogenesis, migration, cytoskeleton organization, endothelial cell chemotaxis, immune cell trafficking and mitogenesis. Sphingosine-1-phosphate receptors are also involved in immune-modulation and directly involved in suppression of innate immune responses from T cells. Sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) receptors are divided into five subtypes: S1PR1, S1PR2, S1PR3, S1PR4 and S1PR5. They are expressed in a wide variety of tissues, with each subtype exhibiting different cell specificity, although they are found at their highest density on leukocytes.
  • Described herein are compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), pharmaceutical compositions that include such compounds, and methods of use thereof, for modulating the S1P receptor. In some embodiments described herein are compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), pharmaceutical compositions that include such compounds, and methods of use thereof, for selectively modulating S1P receptor subtypes. In some embodiments described herein are compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), pharmaceutical compositions that include such compounds, and methods of use thereof, for selectively modulating two S1P receptor subtypes. In some embodiments described herein are compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), pharmaceutical compositions that include such compounds, and methods of use thereof, for selectively modulating a single S1P receptor subtype. In some embodiments described herein are compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), pharmaceutical compositions that include such compounds, and methods of use thereof, for selectively modulating S1P receptor subtype 1. In some embodiments described herein are compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), pharmaceutical compositions that include such compounds, and methods of use thereof, for selectively modulating S1P receptor subtype 2. In some embodiments described herein are compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), pharmaceutical compositions that include such compounds, and methods of use thereof, for selectively modulating S1P receptor subtype 3. In some embodiments described herein are compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), pharmaceutical compositions that include such compounds, and methods of use thereof, for selectively modulating S1P receptor subtype 4. In some embodiments described herein are compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), pharmaceutical compositions that include such compounds, and methods of use thereof, for selectively modulating S1P receptor subtype 5.
  • In another aspect is the administration of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation. In some embodiments is the administration of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from the selective modulation of S1P receptor subtypes. In some embodiments is the administration of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from the selective modulation of two S1P receptor subtypes. In some embodiments is the administration of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from the selective modulation of one S1P receptor subtype. In some embodiments is the administration of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from the selective modulation of S1P receptor subtype 1. In some embodiments is the administration of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from the selective modulation of S1P receptor subtype 2. In some embodiments is the administration of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from the selective modulation of S1P receptor subtype 3. In some embodiments is the administration of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from the selective modulation of S1P receptor subtype 4. In some embodiments is the administration of at least one S1P receptor modulator described herein to a mammal in the treatment of diseases, disorders or conditions that would benefit from the selective modulation of S1P receptor subtype 5.
  • In some embodiments, is a method of modulating S1P receptor activity comprising contacting S1P receptor, or portion thereof, with a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an S1P receptor agonist. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an S1P receptor subtype 1 agonist. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an S1P receptor subtype 2 agonist. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an S1P receptor subtype 3 agonist. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an S1P receptor subtype 4 agonist. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an S1P receptor subtype 5 agonist. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an S1P receptor partial agonist. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an S1P receptor subtype 1 partial agonist. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an S1P receptor subtype 2 partial agonist. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an S1P receptor subtype 3 partial agonist. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an S1P receptor subtype 4 partial agonist. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an S1P receptor subtype 5 partial agonist. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an S1P receptor antagonist. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an S1P receptor subtype 1 antagonist. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an S1P receptor subtype 2 antagonist. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an S1P receptor subtype 3 antagonist. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an S1P receptor subtype 4 antagonist. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is an S1P receptor subtype 5 antagonist.
    • Compounds
  • In one aspect, provided herein is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00009
  • wherein:
      • X1, X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; or
      • X1 is N; X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; or
      • X2 is N; X1, X3, and X4 are each CR1; or
      • X3 is N; X1, X2, and X4 are each CR1; or
      • X4 is N; X1, X2, and X3 are each CR1;
      • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
        is selected from
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00010
      • Z is —O—, —S—, —N(R4)—, —CH2—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—;
      • each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C3-C8cycloalkyl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C2-C9heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl), —CF3, —OR10, —SR10, —N(R11)R12, —N(R11)S(O)2R15; —N(R13)N(R11)R12, —N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, —C(S)OR10, —C(O)SR10, —C(O)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R11)R12, —C(O)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(S)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R13)N(R11)R12, and —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15;
      • each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R21)R22, —C(O)R20, —C(O)N(R21)R22, and —N(R23)C(O)R20;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl,
      • R10, R13 and R14 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R11 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally R11 and R12 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • R15 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R20 and R23 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R21 and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally
      • R21 and R22 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • n is 0-4; and
      • p is 0 or 1.
  • In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X1, X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X1, X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X1, X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X1, X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X1 is N; and X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X1 is N; and X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X1 is N; and X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X1 is N; and X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X2 is N; and X1, X3, and X4 are each CR1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X2 is N; and X1, X3, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X2 is N; and X1, X3, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X2 is N; and X1, X3, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X3 is N; and X1, X2, and X4 are each CR1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X3 is N; and X1, X2, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X3 is N; and X1, X2, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X3 is N; and X1, X2, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X4 is N; and X1, X2, and X3 are each CR1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X4 is N; and X1, X2, and X3 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X4 is N; and X1, X2, and X3 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein X4 is N; and X1, X2, and X3 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein n is 0.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R3 is optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein R3 is methyl.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00011
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00012
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00013
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00014
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00015
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00016
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein Z is —O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein Z is —OCH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein Z is —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein Z is —S—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein Z is —CH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein Z is —N(R4)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein Z is —N(H)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein Z is —N(CH3)—.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein p is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (I) wherein p is 1.
  • In some embodiments provided herein, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ia), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00017
  • wherein:
      • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
        is selected from
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00018
      • Z is —O—, —S—, —N(R4)—, —CH2—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—;
      • each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C3-C8cycloalkyl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C2-C9heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl), —CF3, —OR10, —SR10, —N(R11)R12, —N(R11)S(O)2R15; —N(R13)N(R11)R12, —N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, —C(S)OR10, —C(O)SR10, —C(O)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R11)R12, —C(O)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(S)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R13)N(R11)R12, and —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15;
      • each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R21)R22, —C(O)R20, —C(O)N(R21)R22, and —N(R23)C(O)R20;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl,
      • R10, R13 and R14 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R11 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally
      • R11 and R12 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • R15 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R20 and R23 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R21 and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally
      • R21 and R22 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • n is 0-4; and
      • p is 0 or 1.
  • In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein n is 0.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein R3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein R3 is optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein R3 is methyl.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00019
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00020
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00021
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00022
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00023
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00024
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein Z is —O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein Z is —OCH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein Z is —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein Z is —S—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein Z is —CH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein Z is —N(R4)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein Z is —N(H)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein Z is —N(CH3)—.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein p is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein p is 1.
  • In some embodiments provided herein, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ib), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00025
  • wherein:
      • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
        is selected from
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00026
      • Z is —O—, —S—, —N(R4)—, —CH2—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—;
      • each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C3-C8cycloalkyl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C2-C9heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl), —CF3, —OR10, —SR10, —N(R11)R12, —N(R11)S(O)2R15; —N(R13)N(R11)R12, —N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, —C(S)OR10, —C(O)SR10, —C(O)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R11)R12, —C(O)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(S)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R13)N(R11)R12, and —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15;
      • each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R21)R22, —C(O)R20, —C(O)N(R21)R22, and —N(R23)C(O)R20;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl,
      • R10, R13 and R14 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R11 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally
      • R11 and R12 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • R15 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R20 and R23 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R21 and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally
      • R21 and R22 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • n is 0-4; and
      • p is 0 or 1.
  • In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein n is 0.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein R3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein R3 is optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein R3 is methyl.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00027
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00028
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00029
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00030
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00031
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00032
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein Z is —O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein Z is —OCH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein Z is —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein Z is —S—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein Z is —CH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein Z is —N(R4)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein Z is —N(H)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein Z is —N(CH3)—.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein p is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ib) wherein p is 1.
  • In some embodiments provided herein, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ic), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00033
  • wherein:
      • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
        is selected from
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00034
      • Z is —O—, —S—, —N(R4)—, —CH2—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—;
      • each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C3-C8cycloalkyl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C2-C9heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl), —CF3, —OR10, —SR10, —N(R11)R12, —N(R11)S(O)2R15; —N(R13)N(R11)R12, —N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, —C(S)OR10, —C(O)SR10, —C(O)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R11)R12, —C(O)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(S)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R13)N(R11)R12, and —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15;
      • each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R21)R22, —C(O)R20, —C(O)N(R21)R22, and —N(R23)C(O)R20;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl,
      • R10, R13 and R14 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R11 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally R11 and R12 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • R15 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R20 and R23 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R21 and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally
      • R21 and R22 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • n is 0-4; and
      • p is 0 or 1.
  • In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein n is 0.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein R3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein R3 is optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein R3 is methyl.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00002
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00035
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00002
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00036
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00002
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00037
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00002
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00038
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00002
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00039
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00002
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00040
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein Z is —O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein Z is —OCH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein Z is —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein Z is —S—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein Z is —CH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein Z is —N(R4)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein Z is —N(H)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein Z is —N(CH3)—.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein p is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ic) wherein p is 1.
  • In some embodiments provided herein, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Id), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00041
  • wherein:
      • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
        is selected from
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00042
      • Z is —O—, —S—, —N(R4)—, —CH2—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—;
      • each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C3-C8cycloalkyl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C2-C9heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl), —CF3, —OR10, —SR10, —N(R11)R12, —N(R11)S(O)2R15; —N(R13)N(R11)R12, —N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R11, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, —C(S)OR10, —C(O)SR10, —C(O)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R11)R12, —C(O)N(R11)S(O)2R11, —C(S)N(R11)S(O)2R11, —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R13)N(R11)R12, and —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15;
      • each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R21)R22, —C(O)R20, —C(O)N(R21)R22, and —N(R23)C(O)R20;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl,
      • R10, R13 and R14 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R11 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally
      • R11 and R12 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • R15 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R20 and R23 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R21 and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally
      • R21 and R22 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • n is 0-4; and
      • p is 0 or 1.
  • In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein n is 0.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein R3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein R3 is optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein R3 is methyl.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00043
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00044
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00045
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00046
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00047
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00048
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein Z is —O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein Z is —OCH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein Z is —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein Z is —S—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein Z is —CH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein Z is —N(R4)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein Z is —N(H)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein Z is —N(CH3)—.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein p is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Id) wherein p is 1.
  • In some embodiments provided herein, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ie), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00049
  • wherein:
      • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
        is selected from
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00050
      • Z is —O—, —S—, —N(R4)—, —CH2—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—;
      • each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C3-C8cycloalkyl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C2-C9heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl), —CF3, —OR10, —SR10, —N(R11)R12, —N(R11)S(O)2R15; —N(R13)N(R11)R12, —N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, —C(S)OR10, —C(O)SR10, —C(O)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R11)R12, —C(O)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(S)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R13)N(R11)R12, and —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15;
      • each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R21)R22, —C(O)R20, —C(O)N(R21)R22, and —N(R23)C(O)R20;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl,
      • R10, R13 and R14 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R11 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally
      • R11 and R12 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • R15 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R20 and R23 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R21 and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally
      • R21 and R22 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • n is 0-4; and
      • p is 0 or 1.
  • In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein n is 0.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein R3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein R3 is optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein R3 is methyl.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00051
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00052
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00053
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00054
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein is
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00055
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00056
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein Z is —O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein Z is —OCH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein Z is —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein Z is —S—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein Z is —CH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein Z is —N(R4)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein Z is —N(H)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein Z is —N(CH3)—.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein p is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (Ie) wherein p is 1.
  • In one aspect, provided herein is a compound of Formula (II), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00057
  • wherein:
      • X1, X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; or
      • X1 is N; X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; or
      • X2 is N; X1, X3, and X4 are each CR1; or
      • X3 is N; X1, X2, and X4 are each CR1; or
      • X4 is N; X1, X2, and X3 are each CR1;
      • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
        is selected from
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00058
      • Z is —O—, —S—, —N(R4)—, —CH2—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—;
      • each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C3-C8cycloalkyl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C2-C9heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl), —CF3, —OR10, —SR10, —N(R11)R12, —N(R11)S(O)2R15; —N(R13)N(R11)R12, —N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, —C(S)OR10, —C(O)SR10, —C(O)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R11)R12, —C(O)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(S)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R13)N(R11)R12, and —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15;
      • each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R21)R22, —C(O)R20, —C(O)N(R21)R22, and —N(R23)C(O)R20;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl,
      • R10, R13 and R14 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R11 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally R11 and R12 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • R15 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R20 and R23 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R21 and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally
      • R21 and R22 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • n is 0-4; and
      • p is 0 or 1.
  • In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X1, X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X1, X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X1, X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X1, X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X1 is N; and X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X1 is N; and X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X1 is N; and X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X1 is N; and X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X2 is N; and X1, X3, and X4 are each CR1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X2 is N; and X1, X3, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X2 is N; and X1, X3, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X2 is N; and X1, X3, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X3 is N; and X1, X2, and X4 are each CR1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X3 is N; and X1, X2, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X3 is N; and X1, X2, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X3 is N; and X1, X2, and X4 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X4 is N; and X1, X2, and X3 are each CR1. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X4 is N; and X1, X2, and X3 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X4 is N; and X1, X2, and X3 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein X4 is N; and X1, X2, and X3 are each CR1; and each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein n is 0.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein R3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein R3 is optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein R3 is methyl.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00059
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00060
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00061
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00062
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00063
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00064
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein Z is —O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein Z is —OCH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein Z is —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein Z is —S—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein Z is —CH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein Z is —N(R4)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein Z is —N(H)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein Z is —N(CH3)—.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein p is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (II) wherein p is 1.
  • In some embodiments provided herein, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIa), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00065
  • wherein:
      • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
        is selected from
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00066
      • Z is —O—, —S—, —N(R4)—, —CH2—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—;
      • each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C3-C8cycloalkyl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C2-C9heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl), —CF3, —OR10, —SR10, —N(R11)R12, —N(R11)S(O)2R15; —N(R13)N(R11)R12, —N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, —C(S)OR10, —C(O)SR10, —C(O)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R11)R12, —C(O)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(S)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R13)N(R11)R12, and —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15;
      • each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R21)R22, —C(O)R20, —C(O)N(R21)R22, and —N(R23)C(O)R20;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl,
      • R10, R13 and R14 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R11 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally
      • R11 and R12 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • R15 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R20 and R23 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R21 and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally
      • R21 and R22 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • n is 0-4; and
      • p is 0 or 1.
  • In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein n is 0.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein R3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein R3 is optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein R3 is methyl.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00067
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00068
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00069
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00070
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00071
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00072
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein Z is —O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein Z is —OCH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein Z is —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein Z is —S—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein Z is —CH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein Z is —N(R4)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein Z is —N(H)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein Z is —N(CH3)—.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein p is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIa) wherein p is 1.
  • In some embodiments provided herein, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIb), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00073
  • wherein:
      • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
        s selected from
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00074
      • Z is —O—, —S—, —N(R4)—, —CH2—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—;
      • each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C3-C8cycloalkyl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C2-C9heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl), —CF3, —OR10, —SR10, —N(R11)R12, —N(R11)S(O)2R11; —N(R13)N(R11)R12, —N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, —C(S)OR10, —C(O)SR10, —C(O)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R11)R12, —C(O)N(R11)S(O)2R11, —C(S)N(R11)S(O)2R11, —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R13)N(R11)R12, and —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R11;
      • each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R21)R22, —C(O)R20, —C(O)N(R21)R22, and —N(R23)C(O)R20;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl,
      • R10, R13 and R14 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R11 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally R11 and R12 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • R15 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R20 and R23 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R21 and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally R21 and R22 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • n is 0-4; and
      • p is 0 or 1.
  • In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein n is 0.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein R3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein R3 is optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein R3 is methyl.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    × is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00075
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00076
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00077
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00078
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00079
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00080
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein Z is —O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein Z is —OCH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein Z is —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein Z is —S—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein Z is —CH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein Z is —N(R4)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein Z is —N(H)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein Z is —N(CH3)—.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein p is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIb) wherein p is 1.
  • In some embodiments provided herein, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIc), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00081
  • wherein:
      • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
        is selected from
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00082
      • Z is —O—, —S—, —N(R4)—, —CH2—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—;
      • each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C3-C8cycloalkyl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C2-C9heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl), —CF3, —OR10, —SR10, —N(R11)R12, —N(R11)S(O)2R15; —N(R13)N(R11)R12, —N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, —C(S)OR10, —C(O)SR10, —C(O)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R11)R12, —C(O)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(S)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R13)N(R11)R12, and —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15;
      • each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R21)R22, —C(O)R20, —C(O)N(R21)R22, and —N(R23)C(O)R20;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl,
      • R10, R13 and R14 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R11 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally R11 and R12 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • R15 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R20 and R23 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R21 and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally R21 and R22 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • n is 0-4; and
      • p is 0 or 1.
  • In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein n is 0.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein R3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein R3 is optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein R3 is methyl.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00083
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00084
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00085
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00086
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00087
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00088
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein Z is —O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein Z is —OCH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein Z is —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein Z is —S—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein Z is —CH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein Z is —N(R4)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein Z is —N(H)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein Z is —N(CH3)—.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein p is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIc) wherein p is 1.
  • In some embodiments provided herein, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IId), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00089
  • wherein:
      • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
        is selected from
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00090
      • Z is —O—, —S—, —N(R4)—, —CH2—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—;
      • each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C3-C8cycloalkyl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C2-C9heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl), —CF3, —OR10, —SR10, —N(R11)R12, —N(R11)S(O)2R15; —N(R13)N(R11)R12, —N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, —C(S)OR10, —C(O)SR10, —C(O)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R11)R12, —C(O)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(S)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R13)N(R11)R12, and —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15;
      • each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R21)R22, —C(O)R20, —C(O)N(R21)R22, and —N(R23)C(O)R20;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl,
      • R10, R13 and R14 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R11 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally R11 and R12 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • R15 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R20 and R23 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R21 and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally
      • R21 and R22 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • n is 0-4; and
      • p is 0 or 1.
  • In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein n is 0.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein R3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein R3 is optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein R3 is methyl.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00091
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00092
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00093
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00094
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00095
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00096
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein Z is —O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein Z is —OCH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein Z is —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein Z is —S—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein Z is —CH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein Z is —N(R4)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein Z is —N(H)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein Z is —N(CH3)—.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein p is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IId) wherein p is 1.
  • In some embodiments provided herein, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00097
  • wherein:
      • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
        is selected from
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00098
      • Z is —O—, —S—, —N(R4)—, —CH2—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—;
      • each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C3-C8cycloalkyl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C2-C9heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl), —CF3, —OR10, —SR10, —N(R11)R12, —N(R11)S(O)2R15; —N(R13)N(R11)R12, —N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, —C(S)OR10, —C(O)SR10, —C(O)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R11)R12, —C(O)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(S)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R13)N(R11)R12, and —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15;
      • each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R21)R22, —C(O)R20, —C(O)N(R21)R22, and —N(R23)C(O)R20;
      • R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl,
      • R10, R13 and R14 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R11 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally
      • R11 and R12 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • R15 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R20 and R23 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
      • R21 and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally R21 and R22 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
      • n is 0-4; and
      • p is 0 or 1.
  • In one embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, and —N(R11)R12. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein n is 3 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein n is 2 and each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein n is 1 and R2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein n is 0.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein R3 is hydrogen. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein R3 is optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein R3 is methyl.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00003
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00099
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00003
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00100
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00003
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00101
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00003
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00102
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00003
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00103
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00003
    is
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00104
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein Z is —O—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein Z is —O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein Z is —OCH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein Z is —CH2O—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein Z is —S—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein Z is —CH2—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein Z is —N(R4)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein Z is —N(H)—. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein Z is —N(CH3)—.
  • In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein p is 0. In another embodiment is a compound of Formula (IIe) wherein p is 1.
  • Any combination of the groups described above for the various variables is contemplated herein. Throughout the specification, groups and substituents thereof can be chosen by one skilled in the field to provide stable moieties and compounds.
  • In some embodiments is a compound selected from:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00105
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00106
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00107
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof.
  • In some embodiments is a compound selected from:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00108
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof.
  • In some embodiments is a compound selected from:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00109
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof.
  • In some embodiments is a compound selected from:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00110
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00111
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof.
  • In some embodiments is a compound selected from:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00112
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00113
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof.
  • In some embodiments is a compound selected from:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00114
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00115
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof.
  • In some embodiments, the therapeutic agent(s) (e.g. compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe)) is present in the pharmaceutical composition as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. In some embodiments, any compound described above is suitable for any method or composition described herein.
  • In certain embodiments, the compounds presented herein possess one or more stereocenters and each center independently exists in either the R or S configuration. The compounds presented herein include all diastereomeric, enantiomeric, atropisomers, and epimeric forms as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof. Stereoisomers are obtained, if desired, by methods such as, stereoselective synthesis and/or the separation of stereoisomers by chiral chromatographic columns. In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) is used as a single enantiomer. In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) is used as a racemic mixture. In some embodiments, a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) possesses hindered rotation about a single bond resulting in atropisomers.
  • The methods and formulations described herein include the use of N-oxides (if appropriate), crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds having the structures presented herein, as well as active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity.
  • In some situations, compounds may exist as tautomers. All tautomers are included within the scope of the compounds presented herein.
  • In some embodiments, compounds described herein are prepared as prodrugs. A “prodrug” refers to an agent that is converted into the parent drug in vivo. Prodrugs are often useful because, in some situations, they may be easier to administer than the parent drug. They may, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas the parent is not. The prodrug may also have improved solubility in pharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug. In some embodiments, the design of a prodrug increases the effective water solubility. In certain embodiments, upon in vivo administration, a prodrug is chemically converted to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound. In certain embodiments, a prodrug is enzymatically metabolized by one or more steps or processes to the biologically, pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound.
  • Prodrugs of the compounds described herein include, but are not limited to, esters, ethers, carbonates, thiocarbonates, N-acyl derivatives, N-acyloxyalkyl derivatives, quaternary derivatives of tertiary amines, N-Mannich bases, Schiff bases, amino acid conjugates, phosphate esters, and sulfonate esters. See for example Design of Prodrugs, Bundgaard, A. Ed., Elseview, 1985 and Method in Enzymology, Widder, K. et al., Ed.; Academic, 1985, vol. 42, p. 309-396; Bundgaard, H. “Design and Application of Prodrugs” in A Textbook of Drug Design and Development, Krosgaard-Larsen and H. Bundgaard, Ed., 1991, Chapter 5, p. 113-191; and Bundgaard, H., Advanced Drug Delivery Review, 1992, 8, 1-38, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. In some embodiments, a hydroxyl group in the compounds disclosed herein is used to form a prodrug, wherein the hydroxyl group is incorporated into an acyloxyalkyl ester, alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyl ester, alkyl ester, aryl ester, phosphate ester, sugar ester, ether, and the like.
  • Prodrug forms of the herein described compounds, wherein the prodrug is metabolized in vivo to produce a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), as set forth herein are included within the scope of the claims. In some cases, some of the herein-described compounds may be a prodrug for another derivative or active compound.
  • In specific embodiments, the compounds described herein exist in solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. In other embodiments, the compounds described herein exist in unsolvated form.
  • In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) described herein include solvent addition forms or crystal forms thereof, particularly solvates or polymorphs. Solvates contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, and may be formed during the process of crystallization with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoholates are formed when the solvent is alcohol.
  • In some embodiments, sites on the compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) disclosed herein are susceptible to various metabolic reactions. Therefore incorporation of appropriate substituents at the places of metabolic reactions will reduce, minimize or eliminate the metabolic pathways. In specific embodiments, the appropriate substituent to decrease or eliminate the susceptibility of the aromatic ring to metabolic reactions is, by way of example only, a halogen, deuterium or an alkyl group.
  • In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) disclosed herein are isotopically-labeled, which are identical to those recited in the various formulae and structures presented herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. In some embodiments, one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with deuterium. In some embodiments, metabolic sites on the compounds described herein are deuterated. In some embodiments, substitution with deuterium affords certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, such as, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements.
  • In some embodiments, compounds described herein, such as compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), are in various forms, including but not limited to, amorphous forms, milled forms and nano-particulate forms. In addition, compounds described herein include crystalline forms, also known as polymorphs. Polymorphs include the different crystal packing arrangements of the same elemental composition of a compound. Polymorphs usually have different X-ray diffraction patterns, melting points, density, hardness, crystal shape, optical properties, stability, and solubility. Various factors such as the recrystallization solvent, rate of crystallization, and storage temperature may cause a single crystal form to dominate.
  • The screening and characterization of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, polymorphs and/or solvates may be accomplished using a variety of techniques including, but not limited to, thermal analysis, x-ray diffraction, spectroscopy, vapor sorption, and microscopy. Thermal analysis methods address thermo chemical degradation or thermo physical processes including, but not limited to, polymorphic transitions, and such methods are used to analyze the relationships between polymorphic forms, determine weight loss, to find the glass transition temperature, or for excipient compatibility studies. Such methods include, but are not limited to, Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC), Modulated Differential Scanning Calorimetry (MDCS), Thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), and Thermogravi-metric and Infrared analysis (TG/IR). X-ray diffraction methods include, but are not limited to, single crystal and powder diffractometers and synchrotron sources. The various spectroscopic techniques used include, but are not limited to, Raman, FTIR, UV-VIS, and NMR (liquid and solid state). The various microscopy techniques include, but are not limited to, polarized light microscopy, Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) with Energy Dispersive X-Ray Analysis (EDX), Environmental Scanning Electron Microscopy with EDX (in gas or water vapor atmosphere), IR microscopy, and Raman microscopy.
  • Throughout the specification, groups and substituents thereof can be chosen to provide stable moieties and compounds.
    • Synthesis of Compounds
  • In some embodiments, the synthesis of compounds described herein are accomplished using means described in the chemical literature, using the methods described herein, or by a combination thereof. In addition, solvents, temperatures and other reaction conditions presented herein may vary.
  • In other embodiments, the starting materials and reagents used for the synthesis of the compounds described herein are synthesized or are obtained from commercial sources, such as, but not limited to, Sigma-Aldrich, FischerScientific (Fischer Chemicals), and AcrosOrganics. In further embodiments, the compounds described herein, and other related compounds having different substituents are synthesized using techniques and materials described herein as well as those that are recognized in the field, such as described, for example, in Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-17 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991); Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5 and Supplementals (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989); Organic Reactions, Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991), Larock's Comprehensive Organic Transformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989), March, Advanced Organic Chemistry 4th Ed., (Wiley 1992); Carey and Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry 4th Ed., Vols. A and B (Plenum 2000, 2001), and Green and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 3rd Ed., (Wiley 1999) (all of which are incorporated by reference for such disclosure). General methods for the preparation of compound as disclosed herein may be derived from reactions and the reactions may be modified by the use of appropriate reagents and conditions, for the introduction of the various moieties found in the formulae as provided herein.
    • Use of Protecting Groups
  • In the reactions described, it may be necessary to protect reactive functional groups, for example hydroxy, amino, imino, thio or carboxy groups, where these are desired in the final product, in order to avoid their unwanted participation in reactions. Protecting groups are used to block some or all of the reactive moieties and prevent such groups from participating in chemical reactions until the protective group is removed. It is preferred that each protective group be removable by a different means. Protective groups that are cleaved under totally disparate reaction conditions fulfill the requirement of differential removal.
  • Protective groups can be removed by acid, base, reducing conditions (such as, for example, hydrogenolysis), and/or oxidative conditions. Groups such as trityl, dimethoxytrityl, acetal and t-butyldimethylsilyl are acid labile and may be used to protect carboxy and hydroxy reactive moieties in the presence of amino groups protected with Cbz groups, which are removable by hydrogenolysis, and Fmoc groups, which are base labile. Carboxylic acid and hydroxy reactive moieties may be blocked with base labile groups such as, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, and acetyl in the presence of amines blocked with acid labile groups such as t-butyl carbamate or with carbamates that are both acid and base stable but hydrolytically removable.
  • Carboxylic acid and hydroxy reactive moieties may also be blocked with hydrolytically removable protective groups such as the benzyl group, while amine groups capable of hydrogen bonding with acids may be blocked with base labile groups such as Fmoc. Carboxylic acid reactive moieties may be protected by conversion to simple ester compounds as exemplified herein, which include conversion to alkyl esters, or they may be blocked with oxidatively-removable protective groups such as 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, while co-existing amino groups may be blocked with fluoride labile silyl carbamates.
  • Allyl blocking groups are useful in the presence of acid- and base-protecting groups since the former are stable and can be subsequently removed by metal or pi-acid catalysts. For example, an allyl-blocked carboxylic acid can be deprotected with a Pd0-catalyzed reaction in the presence of acid labile t-butyl carbamate or base-labile acetate amine protecting groups. Yet another form of protecting group is a resin to which a compound or intermediate may be attached. As long as the residue is attached to the resin, that functional group is blocked and cannot react. Once released from the resin, the functional group is available to react.
  • Typically blocking/protecting groups may be selected from:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00116
  • Other protecting groups, plus a detailed description of techniques applicable to the creation of protecting groups and their removal are described in Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y., 1999, and Kocienski, Protective Groups, Thieme Verlag, New York, N.Y., 1994, which are incorporated herein by reference for such disclosure).
    • Certain Terminology
  • Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood to which the claimed subject matter belongs. In the event that there are a plurality of definitions for terms herein, those in this section prevail. All patents, patent applications, publications and published nucleotide and amino acid sequences (e.g., sequences available in GenBank or other databases) referred to herein are incorporated by reference. Where reference is made to a URL or other such identifier or address, it is understood that such identifiers can change and particular information on the internet can come and go, but equivalent information can be found by searching the internet. Reference thereto evidences the availability and public dissemination of such information.
  • It is to be understood that the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of any subject matter claimed. In this application, the use of the singular includes the plural unless specifically stated otherwise. It must be noted that, as used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. In this application, the use of “or” means “and/or” unless stated otherwise. Furthermore, use of the term “including” as well as other forms, such as “include”, “includes,” and “included,” is not limiting.
  • The section headings used herein are for organizational purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the subject matter described.
  • Definition of standard chemistry terms may be found in reference works, including but not limited to, Carey and Sundberg “Advanced Organic Chemistry 4th Ed.” Vols. A (2000) and B (2001), Plenum Press, New York. Unless otherwise indicated, conventional methods of mass spectroscopy, NMR, HPLC, protein chemistry, biochemistry, recombinant DNA techniques and pharmacology.
  • Unless specific definitions are provided, the nomenclature employed in connection with, and the laboratory procedures and techniques of, analytical chemistry, synthetic organic chemistry, and medicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry described herein are those recognized in the field. Standard techniques can be used for chemical syntheses, chemical analyses, pharmaceutical preparation, formulation, and delivery, and treatment of patients. Standard techniques can be used for recombinant DNA, oligonucleotide synthesis, and tissue culture and transformation (e.g., electroporation, lipofection). Reactions and purification techniques can be performed e.g., using kits of manufacturer's specifications or as commonly accomplished in the art or as described herein. The foregoing techniques and procedures can be generally performed of conventional methods and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout the present specification.
  • It is to be understood that the methods and compositions described herein are not limited to the particular methodology, protocols, cell lines, constructs, and reagents described herein and as such may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the methods, compounds, compositions described herein.
  • As used herein, C1-Cx includes C1-C2, C1-C3 . . . C1-Cx, C1-Cx refers to the number of carbon atoms that make up the moiety to which it designates (excluding optional substituents).
  • An “alkyl” group refers to an aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The alkyl groups may or may not include units of unsaturation. The alkyl moiety may be a “saturated alkyl” group, which means that it does not contain any units of unsaturation (i.e. a carbon-carbon double bond or a carbon-carbon triple bond). The alkyl group may also be an “unsaturated alkyl” moiety, which means that it contains at least one unit of unsaturation. The alkyl moiety, whether saturated or unsaturated, may be branched, straight chain, or cyclic.
  • The “alkyl” group may have 1 to 6 carbon atoms (whenever it appears herein, a numerical range such as “1 to 6” refers to each integer in the given range; e.g., “1 to 6 carbon atoms” means that the alkyl group may consist of 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms, etc., up to and including 6 carbon atoms, although the present definition also covers the occurrence of the term “alkyl” where no numerical range is designated). The alkyl group of the compounds described herein may be designated as “C1-C6 alkyl” or similar designations. By way of example only, “C1-C6 alkyl” indicates that there are one to six carbon atoms in the alkyl chain, i.e., the alkyl chain is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, iso-pentyl, neo-pentyl, hexyl, propen-3-yl (allyl), cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl. Alkyl groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. Depending on the structure, an alkyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an alkylene group).
  • An “alkoxy” refers to a “—O-alkyl” group, where alkyl is as defined herein.
  • The term “alkenyl” refers to a type of alkyl group in which two atoms of the alkyl group form a double bond that is not part of an aromatic group. Non-limiting examples of an alkenyl group include —CH═CH2, —C(CH3)═CH2, —CH═CHCH3, —CH═C(CH3)2 and —C(CH3)═CHCH3. The alkenyl moiety may be branched, straight chain, or cyclic (in which case, it would also be known as a “cycloalkenyl” group). Alkenyl groups may have 2 to 6 carbons. Alkenyl groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. Depending on the structure, an alkenyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an alkenylene group).
  • The term “alkynyl” refers to a type of alkyl group in which the two atoms of the alkyl group form a triple bond. Non-limiting examples of an alkynyl group include —C≡CH, —C≡CCH3, —C≡CCH2CH3 and —C≡CCH2CH2CH3. The “R” portion of the alkynyl moiety may be branched, straight chain, or cyclic. An alkynyl group can have 2 to 6 carbons. Alkynyl groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. Depending on the structure, an alkynyl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an alkynylene group).
  • “Amino” refers to a —NH2 group.
  • The term “alkylamine” or “alkylamino” refers to the —N(alkyl)xHy group, where alkyl is as defined herein and x and y are selected from the group x=1, y=1 and x=2, y=0. When x=2, the alkyl groups, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, can optionally form a cyclic ring system. “Dialkylamino” refers to a —N(alkyl)2 group, where alkyl is as defined herein.
  • The term “aromatic” refers to a planar ring having a delocalized π-electron system containing 4n+2π electrons, where n is an integer. Aromatic rings can be formed from five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine atoms. Aromatics can be optionally substituted. The term “aromatic” includes both aryl groups (e.g., phenyl, naphthalenyl) and heteroaryl groups (e.g., pyridinyl, quinolinyl).
  • As used herein, the term “aryl” refers to an aromatic ring wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom. Aryl rings can be formed by five, six, seven, eight, nine, or more than nine carbon atoms. Aryl groups can be optionally substituted. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to phenyl, and naphthalenyl. Depending on the structure, an aryl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., an arylene group).
  • “Carboxy” refers to —CO2H. In some embodiments, carboxy moieties may be replaced with a “carboxylic acid bioisostere”, which refers to a functional group or moiety that exhibits similar physical and/or chemical properties as a carboxylic acid moiety. A carboxylic acid bioisostere has similar biological properties to that of a carboxylic acid group. A compound with a carboxylic acid moiety can have the carboxylic acid moiety exchanged with a carboxylic acid bioisostere and have similar physical and/or biological properties when compared to the carboxylic acid-containing compound. For example, in one embodiment, a carboxylic acid bioisostere would ionize at physiological pH to roughly the same extent as a carboxylic acid group. Examples of bioisosteres of a carboxylic acid include, but are not limited to,
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00117
  • and the like.
  • The term “cycloalkyl” refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic non-aromatic radical, wherein each of the atoms forming the ring (i.e. skeletal atoms) is a carbon atom. Cycloalkyls may be saturated, or partially unsaturated. Cycloalkyls may be fused with an aromatic ring (in which case the cycloalkyl is bonded through a non-aromatic ring carbon atom). Cycloalkyl groups include groups having from 3 to 10 ring atoms. Illustrative examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, the following moieties:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00118
  • and the like.
  • The terms “heteroaryl” or, alternatively, “heteroaromatic” refers to an aryl group that includes one or more ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. An N-containing “heteroaromatic” or “heteroaryl” moiety refers to an aromatic group in which at least one of the skeletal atoms of the ring is a nitrogen atom. Polycyclic heteroaryl groups may be fused or non-fused. Illustrative examples of heteroaryl groups include the following moieties:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00119
  • and the like.
  • A “heterocycloalkyl” group or “heteroalicyclic” group refers to a cycloalkyl group, wherein at least one skeletal ring atom is a heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The radicals may be fused with an aryl or heteroaryl. Illustrative examples of heterocycloalkyl groups, also referred to as non-aromatic heterocycles, include:
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00120
  • and the like. The term heteroalicyclic also includes all ring forms of the carbohydrates, including but not limited to the monosaccharides, the disaccharides and the oligosaccharides. Unless otherwise noted, heterocycloalkyls have from 2 to 10 carbons in the ring. It is understood that when referring to the number of carbon atoms in a heterocycloalkyl, the number of carbon atoms in the heterocycloalkyl is not the same as the total number of atoms (including the heteroatoms) that make up the heterocycloalkyl (i.e. skeletal atoms of the heterocycloalkyl ring).
  • The term “halo” or, alternatively, “halogen” means fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
  • The term “haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl group that is substituted with one or more halogens. The halogens may the same or they may be different. Non-limiting examples of haloalkyls include —CH2Cl, —CF3, —CHF2, —CH2CF3, —CF2CF3, —CF(CH3)2, and the like.
  • The terms “fluoroalkyl” and “fluoroalkoxy” include alkyl and alkoxy groups, respectively, that are substituted with one or more fluorine atoms. Non-limiting examples of fluoroalkyls include —CF3, —CHF2, —CH2F, —CH2CF3, —CF2CF3, —CF2CF2CF3, —CF(CH3)3, and the like. Non-limiting examples of fluoroalkoxy groups, include —OCF3, —OCHF2, —OCH2F, —OCH2CF3, —OCF2CF3, —OCF2CF2CF3, —OCF(CH3)2, and the like.
  • The term “heteroalkyl” refers to an alkyl radical where one or more skeletal chain atoms is selected from an atom other than carbon, e.g., oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, or combinations thereof. The heteroatom(s) may be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group. Examples include, but are not limited to, —CH2—O—CH3, —CH2—CH2—O—CH3, —CH2—NH—CH3, —CH2—CH2—NH—CH3, —CH2—N(CH3)—CH3, —CH2—CH2—NH—CH3, —CH2—CH2—N(CH3)—CH3, —CH2—S—CH2—CH3, —CH2—CH2, —S(O)—CH3, —CH2—CH2—S(O)2—CH3, —CH2—NH—OCH3, —CH2—O—Si(CH3)3, —CH2—CH═N—OCH3, and —CH═CH—N(CH3)—CH3. In addition, up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, by way of example, —CH2—NH—OCH3 and —CH2—O—Si(CH3)3. Excluding the number of heteroatoms, a “heteroalkyl” may have from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • The term “bond” or “single bond” refers to a chemical bond between two atoms, or two moieties when the atoms joined by the bond are considered to be part of larger substructure.
  • The term “moiety” refers to a specific segment or functional group of a molecule. Chemical moieties are often recognized chemical entities embedded in or appended to a molecule.
  • As used herein, the substituent “R” appearing by itself and without a number designation refers to a substituent selected from among from alkyl, haloalkyl, heteroalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl (bonded through a ring carbon), and heterocycloalkyl.
  • The term “optionally substituted” or “substituted” means that the referenced group may be substituted with one or more additional group(s) individually and independently selected from alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, —OH, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkylsulfoxide, arylsulfoxide, alkylsulfone, arylsulfone, —CN, alkyne, C1-C6alkylalkyne, halo, acyl, acyloxy, —CO2H, —CO2-alkyl, nitro, haloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, and amino, including mono- and di-substituted amino groups (e.g. —NH2, —NHR, —N(R)2), and the protected derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, optional substituents are independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NH(CH3), —N(CH3)2, —OH, —CO2H, —CO2alkyl, —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NH(alkyl), —C(═O)N(alkyl)2, —S(═O)2NH2, —S(═O)2NH(alkyl), —S(═O)2N(alkyl)2, alkyl, cycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heteroalkyl, alkoxy, fluoroalkoxy, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkylsulfoxide, arylsulfoxide, alkylsulfone, and arylsulfone. In some embodiments, optional substituents are independently selected from halogen, —CN, —NH2, —OH, —NH(CH3), —N(CH3)2, —CH3, —CH2CH3, —CF3, —OCH3, and —OCF3. In some embodiments, substituted groups are substituted with one or two of the preceding groups. In some embodiments, an optional substituent on an aliphatic carbon atom (acyclic or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated carbon atoms, excluding aromatic carbon atoms) includes oxo (═O).
  • The methods and formulations described herein include the use of crystalline forms (also known as polymorphs), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds having the structure of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), as well as active metabolites of these compounds having the same type of activity.
  • As used herein, the term “about” or “approximately” means within 20%, preferably within 10%, and more preferably within 5% of a given value or range.
  • The term a “therapeutically effective amount” as used herein refers to the amount of an S1P receptor modulator that, when administered to a mammal in need, is effective to at least partially ameliorate or to at least partially prevent diseases, disorders or conditions described herein.
  • As used herein, the term “expression” includes the process by which polynucleotides are transcribed into mRNA and translated into peptides, polypeptides, or proteins.
  • The term “activator” is used in this specification to denote any molecular species that results in activation of the indicated receptor, regardless of whether the species itself binds to the receptor or a metabolite of the species binds to the receptor. Thus, the activator can be a ligand of the receptor or it can be an activator that is metabolized to the ligand of the receptor, i.e., a metabolite that is formed in tissue and is the actual ligand.
  • The term “antagonist” as used herein, refers to a small-molecule agent that binds to a receptor and subsequently decreases the agonist induced transcriptional activity of the receptor.
  • The term “agonist” as used herein, refers to a small-molecule agent that binds to a receptor and subsequently increases receptor transcriptional activity in the absence of a known agonist.
  • The term “inverse agonist” as used herein, refers to a small-molecule agent that binds to a receptor and subsequently decreases the basal level of receptor transcriptional activity that is present in the absence of a known agonist.
  • The term “modulate” as used herein, means to interact with a target either directly or indirectly so as to alter the activity of the target, including, by way of example only, to enhance the activity of the target, to inhibit the activity of the target, to limit the activity of the target, or to extend the activity of the target.
  • The term “S1P receptor modulator” includes S1P receptor agonists, partial agonists, antagonists and tissue selective S1P receptor modulators.
  • The term “subject” or “patient” encompasses mammals. Examples of mammals include, but are not limited to, any member of the Mammalian class: humans, non-human primates such as chimpanzees, and other apes and monkey species; farm animals such as cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine; domestic animals such as rabbits, dogs, and cats; laboratory animals including rodents, such as rats, mice and guinea pigs, and the like. In one aspect, the mammal is a human. Those skilled in the art recognize that a therapy which reduces the severity of a pathology in one species of mammal is predictive of the effect of the therapy on another species of mammal.
  • The terms “treat,” “treating” or “treatment,” as used herein, include alleviating, abating or ameliorating at least one symptom of a disease or condition, preventing additional symptoms, inhibiting the disease or condition, e.g., arresting the development of the disease or condition, relieving the disease or condition, causing regression of the disease or condition, relieving a condition caused by the disease or condition, or stopping the symptoms of the disease or condition either prophylactically and/or therapeutically.
    • Routes of Administration
  • Suitable routes of administration include, but are not limited to, oral, intravenous, rectal, aerosol, parenteral, ophthalmic, pulmonary, transmucosal, transdermal, vaginal, otic, nasal, and topical administration. In addition, by way of example only, parenteral delivery includes intramuscular, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramedullary injections, as well as intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intraperitoneal, intralymphatic, and intranasal injections.
  • In certain embodiments, a compound as described herein is administered in a local rather than systemic manner, for example, via injection of the compound directly into an organ, often in a depot preparation or sustained release formulation. In specific embodiments, long acting formulations are administered by implantation (for example subcutaneously or intramuscularly) or by intramuscular injection. Furthermore, in other embodiments, the drug is delivered in a targeted drug delivery system, for example, in a liposome coated with organ-specific antibody. In such embodiments, the liposomes are targeted to and taken up selectively by the organ. In yet other embodiments, the compound as described herein is provided in the form of a rapid release formulation, in the form of an extended release formulation, or in the form of an intermediate release formulation. In yet other embodiments, the compound described herein is administered topically.
    • Pharmaceutical Compositions and Methods of Administration of SP Receptor Modulators
  • Administration of S1P receptor modulators as described herein can be in any pharmacological form including a therapeutically effective amount of an S1P receptor modulator alone or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated in a conventional manner using one or more physiologically acceptable carriers including excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. Additional details about suitable excipients for pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Company, 1995); Hoover, John E., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 1975; Liberman, H. A. and Lachman, L., Eds., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Marcel Decker, New York, N.Y., 1980; and Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Seventh Ed. (Lippincott Williams & Wilkins 1999), herein incorporated by reference for such disclosure.
  • A pharmaceutical composition, as used herein, refers to a mixture of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) described herein, with other chemical components, such as carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, and/or excipients. The pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism. In practicing the methods of treatment or use provided herein, therapeutically effective amounts of compounds described herein are administered in a pharmaceutical composition to a mammal having a disease, disorder, or condition to be treated. In some embodiments, the mammal is a human. A therapeutically effective amount can vary widely depending on the severity of the disease, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compound used and other factors.
  • In another aspect, provided herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or binder. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is formulated for a route of administration selected from oral administration, parenteral administration, buccal administration, nasal administration, topical administration, or rectal administration.
  • In another aspect is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
  • In another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is selected from multiple sclerosis, ulcerative colitis, and Crohn's disease. In another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is multiple sclerosis. In another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is ulcerative colitis. In another embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is Crohn's disease.
  • In a further embodiment is a method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from S1P receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof; wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is rejection of transplanted organs or tissue; graft-versus-host diseases brought about by transplantation; autoimmune syndromes including rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis; pollen allergies; type I diabetes; prevention of psoriasis; Crohn's disease; ulcerative colitis, acute respiratory distress syndrome; adult respiratory distress syndrome; influenza; post-infectious autoimmune diseases including rheumatic fever and post-infectious glomerulonephritis; and metastasis of carcinoma.
  • In some embodiments a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) is used singly or in combination with one or more therapeutic agents as components of mixtures (as in combination therapy). In some embodiments a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) is used singly. In some embodiments a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) is used in combination with another S1P receptor modulator or another type of therapeutic agent, or both. In some embodiments a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) is used in combination with another S1P receptor modulator. In some embodiments a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) is used in combination with another type of therapeutic agent. In some embodiments a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) is used in combination with another S1P receptor modulator and another type of therapeutic agent.
  • The pharmaceutical formulations described herein can be administered to a subject by multiple administration routes, including but not limited to, oral, parenteral (e.g., intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular), intranasal, buccal, topical, rectal, or transdermal administration routes. Moreover, the pharmaceutical compositions described herein, which include a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) described herein, can be formulated into any suitable dosage form, including but not limited to, aqueous oral dispersions, liquids, gels, syrups, elixirs, slurries, suspensions, aerosols, controlled release formulations, fast melt formulations, effervescent formulations, lyophilized formulations, tablets, powders, pills, dragees, capsules, delayed release formulations, extended release formulations, pulsatile release formulations, multiparticulate formulations, and mixed immediate release and controlled release formulations.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions including a compound described herein may be manufactured in a conventional manner, such as, by way of example only, by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping or compression processes.
  • Dose administration can be repeated depending upon the pharmacokinetic parameters of the dosage formulation and the route of administration used.
  • It is especially advantageous to formulate compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the mammalian subjects to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the S1P receptor modulator and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of sensitivity in individuals. The specific dose can be readily calculated by one of ordinary skill in the art, e.g., according to the approximate body weight or body surface area of the patient or the volume of body space to be occupied. The dose will also be calculated dependent upon the particular route of administration selected. Further refinement of the calculations necessary to determine the appropriate dosage for treatment is routinely made by those of ordinary skill in the art. Such calculations can be made without undue experimentation by one skilled in the art in light of the S1P receptor modulator activities disclosed herein in assay preparations of target cells. Exact dosages are determined in conjunction with standard dose-response studies. It will be understood that the amount of the composition actually administered will be determined by a practitioner, in the light of the relevant circumstances including the condition or conditions to be treated, the choice of composition to be administered, the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient's symptoms, and the chosen route of administration.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such S1P receptor modulators can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, for example, for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50. S1P receptor modulators that exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. While S1P receptor modulators that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such modulators to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to uninfected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
  • The data obtained from the cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in humans. The dosage of such S1P receptor modulators lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized. For any S1P receptor modulator used in a method described herein, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from cell culture assays. A dose may be formulated in animal models to achieve a circulating plasma concentration range that includes the IC50 (i.e., the concentration of the S1P receptor modulator that achieves a half-maximal inhibition of symptoms) as determined in cell culture. Such information can be used to more accurately determine useful doses in humans. Levels in plasma may be measured, for example, by high performance liquid chromatography.
    • Methods of Dosing and Treatment Regimens
  • The compounds described herein can be used in the preparation of medicaments for the modulation of the S1P receptor, or for the treatment of diseases or conditions that would benefit, at least in part, from modulation of the S1P receptor. In addition, a method for treating any of the diseases or conditions described herein in a subject in need of such treatment, involves administration of pharmaceutical compositions containing at least one compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate or hydrate thereof, in therapeutically effective amounts to said subject.
  • The compositions containing the compound(s) described herein can be administered for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments. In therapeutic applications, the compositions are administered to a patient already suffering from a disease or condition, in an amount sufficient to cure or at least partially arrest the symptoms of the disease or condition. Amounts effective for this use will depend on the severity and course of the disease or condition, previous therapy, the patient's health status, weight, and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician.
  • In prophylactic applications, compositions containing the compounds described herein are administered to a patient susceptible to or otherwise at risk of a particular disease, disorder or condition. Such an amount is defined to be a “prophylactically effective amount or dose.” In this use, the precise amounts also depend on the patient's state of health, weight, and the like. When used in a patient, effective amounts for this use will depend on the severity and course of the disease, disorder or condition, previous therapy, the patient's health status and response to the drugs, and the judgment of the treating physician.
  • In the case wherein the patient's condition does not improve, upon the doctor's discretion the administration of the compounds may be administered chronically, that is, for an extended period of time, including throughout the duration of the patient's life in order to ameliorate or otherwise control or limit the symptoms of the patient's disease or condition.
  • In the case wherein the patient's status does improve, upon the doctor's discretion the administration of the compounds may be given continuously; alternatively, the dose of drug being administered may be temporarily reduced or temporarily suspended for a certain length of time (i.e., a “drug holiday”). The length of the drug holiday can vary between 2 days and 1 year, including by way of example only, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 10 days, 12 days, 15 days, 20 days, 28 days, 35 days, 50 days, 70 days, 100 days, 120 days, 150 days, 180 days, 200 days, 250 days, 280 days, 300 days, 320 days, 350 days, or 365 days. The dose reduction during a drug holiday may be from about 10% to about 100%, including, by way of example only, about 10%, about 15%, about 20%, about 25%, about 30%, about 35%, about 40%, about 45%, about 50%, about 55%, about 60%, about 65%, about 70%, about 75%, about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 95%, or about 100%.
  • Once improvement of the patient's conditions has occurred, a maintenance dose is administered if necessary. Subsequently, the dosage or the frequency of administration, or both, can be reduced, as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved disease, disorder or condition is retained. Patients can, however, require intermittent treatment on a long-term basis upon any recurrence of symptoms.
  • The amount of a given agent that will correspond to such an amount will vary depending upon factors such as the particular compound, disease or condition and its severity, the identity (e.g., weight) of the subject or host in need of treatment, but can nevertheless be determined in a manner recognized in the field according to the particular circumstances surrounding the case, including, e.g., the specific agent being administered, the route of administration, the condition being treated, and the subject or host being treated. In general, however, doses employed for adult human treatment will typically be in the range of about 0.01 mg per day to about 5000 mg per day, in some embodiments, about 1 mg per day to about 1500 mg per day. The desired dose may conveniently be presented in a single dose or as divided doses administered simultaneously (or over a short period of time) or at appropriate intervals, for example as two, three, four or more sub-doses per day.
  • The pharmaceutical composition described herein may be in unit dosage forms suitable for single administration of precise dosages. In unit dosage form, the formulation is divided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of one or more compound. The unit dosage may be in the form of a package containing discrete quantities of the formulation. Non-limiting examples are packaged tablets or capsules, and powders in vials or ampoules. Aqueous suspension compositions can be packaged in single-dose non-reclosable containers. Alternatively, multiple-dose reclosable containers can be used, in which case it is typical to include a preservative in the composition. By way of example only, formulations for parenteral injection may be presented in unit dosage form, which include, but are not limited to ampoules, or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
  • The daily dosages appropriate for the compounds described herein described herein are from about 0.001 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg. In one embodiment, the daily dosages are from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg. An indicated daily dosage in the larger mammal, including, but not limited to, humans, is in the range from about 0.1 mg to about 1000 mg, conveniently administered in a single dose or in divided doses, including, but not limited to, up to four times a day or in extended release form. Suitable unit dosage forms for oral administration include from about 1 to about 500 mg active ingredient. In one embodiment, the unit dosage is about 1 mg, about 5 mg, about, 10 mg, about 20 mg, about 50 mg, about 100 mg, about 200 mg, about 250 mg, about 400 mg, or about 500 mg. The foregoing ranges are merely suggestive, as the number of variables in regard to an individual treatment regime is large, and considerable excursions from these recommended values are not uncommon. Such dosages may be altered depending on a number of variables, not limited to the activity of the compound used, the disease or condition to be treated, the mode of administration, the requirements of the individual subject, the severity of the disease or condition being treated, and the judgment of the practitioner.
  • Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such therapeutic regimens can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, including, but not limited to, the determination of the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between the toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and it can be expressed as the ratio between LD50 and ED50. Compounds exhibiting high therapeutic indices are preferred. The data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies can be used in formulating a range of dosage for use in human. The dosage of such compounds lies preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that include the ED50 with minimal toxicity. The dosage may vary within this range depending upon the dosage form employed and the route of administration utilized.
    • EXAMPLES
  • The following examples are offered for purposes of illustration, and are not intended to limit the scope of the claims provided herein. All literature citations in these examples and throughout this specification are incorporated herein by references for all legal purposes to be served thereby. The starting materials and reagents used for the synthesis of the compounds described herein may be synthesized or can be obtained from commercial sources, such as, but not limited to, Sigma-Aldrich, Acros Organics, Fluka, and Fischer Scientific.
    • Example 1: Synthesis of(S)-5-((2,5-dichloro-4-(5-(8-chloro-6-(trifluoromethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)phenoxy)methyl)pyrrolidin-2-one (11)
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00121
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00122
  • To a stirred solution of 2,5-dichloro-4-bromophenol (1) (210.0 g, 0.86 mol) in DMF (1000 mL) was added cuprous cyanide (101.5 g, 1.13 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 150° C. for 4 h. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. Water and EtOAc were added to the residue and then filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was extracted with EtOAc and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was recrystallized from petroleum ether/EtOAc (10:1, 1400 mL) to afford 2,5-dichloro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile (2) (93.0 g, 57%) as a white solid.
  • To a stirred solution of 2,5-dichloro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile (2) (35.0 g, 186 mmol) in DMF (150 mL) was added NaH (13.7 g, 347 mmol) in small portions at 0° C. and the mixture was stirred for 30 min at 0° C. Methyl iodide (35 mL, 560 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 3 h. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and ice-water was added carefully. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried to afford compound (3) (29 g, 78%) as a white solid.
  • To a stirred solution of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (3) (64.0 g, 0.5 mol) in EtOH (500 mL) was added triethylamine (160.0 g, 1.27 mol) and the mixture was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. Compound 2 was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 4 h. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc. The resulting solution was washed with water, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum to afford a mixture (60.0 g, compound (4) and 2,5-dichloro-4-methoxybenzamide, 1:2) as an off-white solid. The solid was slurried in MBTE and then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to afford a solid (40.1 g, 28%, compound (4) and 2,5-dichloro-4-methoxybenzamide, 1:1).
  • To a stirred solution of 2-amino-3-chloro-5-trifluoromethylpyridine (5) (50.0 g, 0.25 mmol) in EtOH (500 mL) was added ethylbromopyruvate (80.0 mL, 0.64 mol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated at 80° C. for 48 h and then cooled to room temperature. The mixture was concentrated and the residue was suspended in diethyl ether. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under vacuum to afford ethyl 8-chloro-6-(trifluoromethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-2-carboxylate (6) (64.0 g, 86%) as an off-white solid.
  • To a stirred solution of ethyl 8-chloro-6-(trifluoromethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-2-carboxylate (6) (64.0 g, 0.22 mol) in MeOH (64.0 mL) was added 1M aqueous NaOH (640.0 mL). The reaction mixture was heated at 50° C. for 1 h and then cooled to room temperature. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. Water was added to the residue and the mixture was acidified to pH=4 with AcOH. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried under vacuum to afford compound (7) (24.0 g) as an off-white solid. The filtrate was extracted with EtOAc and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum to afford another portion of compound (7) (20.0 g) as an off-white solid (combined yield 77%).
  • To a stirred solution of compound (7) (26.5 g, 100 mmol) in DMF (50.0 mL) were added EDCI-HCl (19.2 g, 100 mmol) and HOBt (13.5 g, 100 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 15 min and hydroxyimidate (4) (36 g, ˜54% purity, 100 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 12 h. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (petroleum ether/EtOAc=10:1) to afford compound (8) (12.6 g, 33%) as a white solid.
  • To a cold solution of compound (8) (16 g, 34.5 mmol) in DCM (110 mL) was added AlCl3 (23 g, 172.5 mmol) in small portions under N2 maintaining the temperature below 10° C. The light brown suspension was stirred for 10 min and then EtSH (12.8 mL, 172.5 mmol) was added dropwise maintaining the temperature below 5° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2.5 h at below 10° C. and then slowly poured into ice-water with strong agitation. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM. The combined DCM layers were washed with water, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue was azeotroped with toluene to afford compound (9) (15.5 g, 100%) as an off-white solid.
  • To a solution of (S)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-pyrrolidinone (10) (420 mg, 3.65 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (696 mg, 3.65 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) were added DMAP (446 mg, 3.65 mmol) and Et3N (369 mg, 3.65 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with 20 mL of water and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM. The combined organic extracts were washed with 1N aqueous HCl, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was recrystallized from petroleum ether/DCM (20:1, 30 mL) to afford (S)-(5-oxopyrrolidin-2-yl)methyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (700 mg, 71%) as a white solid.
  • To a solution of compound (9) (300 mg, 0.67 mmol) and (S)-(5-oxopyrrolidin-2-yl)methyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (199 mg, 0.74 mmol) in acetonitrile (25 mL) was added potassium carbonate (185 mg, 1.34 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 76° C. for 13 h and then cooled to room temperature. The mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (25 mL×2). The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel and then recrystallized from EtOAc to give compound (11) (30 mg, 8%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.33 (s, 1H), 9.08 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 4.20-4.18 (m, 2H), 3.97-3.95 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.27-2.12 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.96 (m, 1H). LC-MS (ESI): m/z calcd for C21H13C13F3N5O3 545.00, found: 546.73 [M+H]+.
    • Example 2: Synthesis of (R)-5-((2,5-dichloro-4-(5-(8-chloro-6-(trifluoromethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)phenoxy)methyl)pyrrolidin-2-one (13)
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00123
  • To a solution of (R)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-pyrrolidinone (12) (320 mg, 2.78 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (530 mg, 2.78 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) were added DMAP (339 mg, 2.78 mmol) and Et3N (280 mg, 2.78 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with 20 mL of water and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM. The combined organic extracts were washed with 1N aqueous HCl, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was recrystallized from petroleum ether/DCM (20:1, 25 mL) to afford (R)-(5-oxopyffolidin-2-yl)methyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (400 mg, yield 53.4%) as a white solid.
  • To a solution of compound (9) (300 mg, 0.67 mmol) and (R)-(5-oxopyffolidin-2-yl)methyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (199 mg, 0.74 mmol) in acetonitrile (25 mL) was added potassium carbonate (185 mg, 1.34 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 76° C. for 13 h and then cooled to room temperature. The mixture was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with DCM (25 mL×2). The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel and then recrystallized from EtOAc to give compound (13) (40.3 mg, 11%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.33 (s, 1H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 4.22-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.98-3.95 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.16 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.96 (m, 1H). LC-MS (ESI): m/z calcd for C21H13C13F3N5O3 545.00, found: 546.58 [M+H]+.
    • Example 3: Synthesis of (R)-5-((2,5-dichloro-4-(5-(8-chloro-6-(trifluoromethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)phenoxy)methyl)pyrrolidin-2-one (15)
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00124
  • To a solution of (R)-5-hydroxypiperidin-2-one (14) (500 mg, 4.34 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (827 mg, 4.34 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) were added DMAP (530 mg, 4.34 mmol) and Et3N (438 mg, 4.34 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with 20 mL of water and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM. The combined organic extracts were washed with 1N aqueous HCl, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was recrystallized from petroleum ether/DCM (20:1, 30 mL) to afford (R)-6-oxopiperidin-3-yl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (670 mg, yield 57%) as a white solid.
  • To a solution of compound (9) (750 mg, 1.67 mmol) and (R)-6-oxopiperidin-3-yl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (450 mg, 1.67 mmol) in acetonitrile (40 mL) was added potassium carbonate (461 mg, 3.34 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 76° C. for 18 h and then cooled to room temperature. The mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (45 mL×2). The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel and then recrystallized from EtOAc to give compound (15) (130 mg, yield 14%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.33 (s, 1H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.47 (s, 1H), 5.17-5.15 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.49 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.34 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.08 (m, 2H). LC-MS (ESI): m/z calcd for C21H13C13F3N5O3: 545.00, found: 546.65 [M+H]+.
    • Example 4: Synthesis of (S)-5-(2,5-dichloro-4-(5-(8-chloro-6-(trifluoromethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)phenoxy)-1-methylpiperidin-2-one (16)
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00125
  • To a solution of compound (15) (100 mg, 0.18 mmol) in THF (75 mL) was added NaH (15 mg, 0.37 mmol) at 0° C. and the mixture was stirred for 30 min at 0° C. Methyl iodide (129 mg, 0.91 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 3 h. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and ice-water was added carefully. The resulting mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel and then recrystallized from EtOAc to give compound (16) (21.7 mg, 21%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.33 (s, 1H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 5.21 (s, 1H), 3.72-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.46 (m, 1H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.43-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.11 (m, 2H). LC-MS (ESI): m/z calcd for C22H15C13F3N5O3: 559.02, found: 560.55 [M+H]+.
    • Example 5: Synthesis of (R)-5-(2,5-dichloro-4-(5-(8-chloro-6-(trifluoromethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)phenoxy)piperidin-2-one (18)
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00126
  • To a solution of (S)-5-hydroxypiperidin-2-one (500 mg, 4.34 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (17) (827 mg, 4.34 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) were added DMAP (530 mg, 4.34 mmol) and Et3N (438 mg, 4.34 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with 20 mL of water and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM. The combined organic extracts were washed with 1N aqueous HCl, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was recrystallized from petroleum ether/DCM (20:1, 30 mL) to afford (S)-6-oxopiperidin-3-yl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (700 mg, 60%) as a white solid.
  • To a solution of compound (9) (750 mg, 1.67 mmol) and (S)-6-oxopiperidin-3-yl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (450 mg, 1.67 mmol) in acetonitrile (40 mL) was added potassium carbonate (461 mg, 3.34 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 76° C. for 18 h and then cooled to room temperature. The mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (45 mL×2). The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel and then recrystallized from EtOAc to give compound (18) (134 mg, yield 15%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.33 (s, 1H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 5.17-5.15 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.49 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.34 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.08 (m, 2H). LC-MS (ESI): m/z calcd for C21H13C13F3N5O3: 545.00, found: 546.51 [M+H]+.
    • Example 6: Synthesis of (R)-5-(2,5-dichloro-4-(5-(8-chloro-6-(trifluoromethyl)imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-yl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)phenoxy)-1-methylpiperidin-2-one (19)
  • Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00127
  • To a solution of compound (18) (100 mg, 0.18 mmol) in THF (75 mL) was added NaH (15 mg, 0.37 mmol) at 0° C. and the mixture was stirred for 30 min at 0° C. Methyl iodide (129 mg, 0.91 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 3 h. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and ice-water was added carefully. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel and then recrystallized from EtOAc to give compound (19) (27.7 mg, 27%). 1H NMR (400 MIHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.34 (s, 1H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 5.22 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.67 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.46 (m, 1H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.43-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.11 (in, 2H). LC-MS (ESI): m/z calcd for C22H15C13F3N5O3: 559.02, found: 560.47 [M+H]+.
    • Examples 7-9
  • The following compounds were prepared in a similar manner as described above.
  • Example Structure LCMS (ESI) m/z
    7
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00128
         		546.3 
    8
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00129
         		546.50
    9
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00130
         		546.73
    • Examples 10-16
  • The following compounds are prepared in a similar manner as described above.
  • Example Structure
    10
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00131
    11
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00132
    12
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00133
    13
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00134
    14
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00135
    15
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00136
    16
    Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00137
    • Example 17: GTPγS Binding Assay
  • S1P1 membrane is prepared from CHO-Kl Gαqi5 cells expression full-length human S1P1. Scintillation proximity assay (SPA) is performed by incubating membranes, GTPγ15S, and compounds at various concentrations for 60 minutes. Wheat germ agglutinin-coated SPA beads are added and incubated for 60 minutes before centrifugation and scintillation counting. EC50 data for exemplified compounds is shown below in Table 1.
  • TABLE 1
    Example EC50 (μM)
    1 A
    5 A
    6 A
    A = EC50 < 1 μM
    • Example 18: Ca2+ Flux Assay
  • Cells were rapidly thawed by removing from liquid nitrogen and immediately immersing in a 37° C. water bath. Immediately after ice thawed, the exterior of the exterior of the vial was sterilized with 70% ethanol. 1 mL of pre-warmed Media Component was added to each vial of cells. The contents from two vials were placed into a 15 mL conical tube and the volume was brought to 10 mL of Media Component. The cell suspension was centrifuged at 190×g for four minutes. The supernatant was removed and 10.5 mL of pre-warmed Media Component was added to resuspend the cell pellet. The cell suspension was seeded into the appropriate assay microplate (100 μL/well for 96-well plate, 25 μL/well for 384-well plate). When seeding was complete, the assay plate was kept at room temperature for 30 minutes and then moved to a humidified 37° C. 5% CO2 incubator for 24 hours. After 24 hour incubation, the assay plate was removed from the incubator and washed sufficiently with Hank's Balanced Salt Solution (HBSS) supplemented with 20 mM HEPES, 2.5 mM Probenecid at pH 7.4 to remove all trace of Media Component. Fluo-8, AM (AAT Bioquest: 21080) Ca2+ dye was prepared by dissolving 1 mg of Fluo-8 NW in 200 μL of DMSO. Once dissolved, 10 μL of Fluo-8 NW Ca2+ dye solution was placed into 10 mL of HBSS 20 mM HEPES, 2.5m M Probenecid pH 7.4 buffer and applied to assay microplate (Ca2+ dye at 10 μL/10 mL is sufficient for loading one (1) microplate). FLIPR was set up to dispense 3× ligand to appropriate wells in the assay plate. The excitation wavelength was set at 470-495 nm (FLIPRTETRA) or 485 nm (FLIPR1, FLIPR2, FLIPR3) and emission wavelength at 515-565 nm (FLIPRTETRA) or emission filter for Ca2+ dyes (FLIPR1, FLIPR2, FLIPR3). The pipet tip height was set to 5 μL below liquid level and dispense rate to 75 μL/sec (96-well format) or 50 μL/sec (384-well format). The plate layout and tip layout was set for each individual experiment. The time course was set for 180 seconds, with ligand addition at 10 seconds. The ligands were prepared in non-binding surface Corning plates (Corning 3605—96-well or Corning 3574¿384-well). After the run was complete, negative control correction was applied and data analyzed utilizing the maximum statistic. As shown in FIG. 1, a compound of Formula (I) described herein, showed cellular potency in the assay (EC50˜200 nM).
    • Example 19: Pk Study and Lymphocyte Count
  • A total of 6 mice were used in this study for each compound (Examples 1-6) and divided in two groups as Group 1 (vehicle, Dose: 10 mL/kg) and Group 2 (Compound, Dose: 10 mg/kg, p.o.). Animals in Group 1 were administered with vehicle. Animals in Group 2 were administered with solution formulation of PTC1566-1 at 10 mg/kg dose through oral route. Blood samples from Group 2 were collected under light isoflurane anesthesia from a set of three mice at 1 & 4 hr (p.o.) and from Group 1 blood samples were collected at 4 hr. Plasma was harvested by centrifugation of blood and stored at −70° C. until analysis. Brain was collected at 4 hr from Group 2 animals, weighed and transferred in a poly-propylene tube. Two volumes of PBS buffer (pH 7.4) was added and homogenized to get final volume of 3 times and stored below −70° C. until bioanalysis. Blood sample at 4 hr from both groups were used for lymphocyte count. Analysis Plasma and Brain samples were quantified by fit-for-purpose LCMS/MS method (LLOQ: 4.91 ng/mL for plasma and 14.73 ng/g for brain). For each of the six compounds tested, plasma concentration was greater than 2600 ng/mL at 1 hr and greater than 2100 ng/mL at 4 hr. For each of the six compounds tested, brain concentration was less than 200 ng/g. For each of the six compounds tested (Compound 15, Compound 18, Compound 19, Compound 16, Compound 11, and Compound 13), the lymphocyte count was less than 45% of control (FIG. 2).
    • Example 20: Phase 3 Study to Evaluate Safety and Efficacy of a Compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) in Patients with Relapsing Multiple Sclerosis (MS)
  • The primary objective of this study is to assess tolerability and safety and health outcomes in relapsing MS patients taking a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe).
  • Patients
  • Eligible patients will be men and women 18 years to 65 years of age.
  • Criteria:
  • Inclusion Criteria:
  • Patients is 18-65 years of age, must have relapsing MS
  • Exclusion Criteria:
  • Patients with a type of MS that is not relapsing
  • Patients with history of chronic immune disease
  • Patients with a history of certain cancers
  • Diabetic patients with certain eye disorders
  • Patients who are on certain immunosuppressive medications or heart medications
  • Patients with certain heart conditions
  • Patients with certain lung conditions
  • Study Type
  • Interventional
  • Study Design
  • Intervention Model: Single Group Assignment
      • Masking: Open Label
      • Primary Purpose: Treatment
  • Primary Outcome Measures:
      • The primary objective of this study is to evaluate the safety and tolerability profile of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe) in patients with relapsing forms of MS.
  • Secondary Outcome Measures:
  • Incidence of macular edema.
  • Incidence of bradyarrhythmic electrocardiograms.
  • Patient reported outcomes indices in multiple sclerosis (PRIMUS), short form health survey-12, and treatment satisfaction questionnaire for medication.
  • Condition Intervention
    Relapsing Compound of Formula (I),
    Multiple (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id), (Ie), (II),
    Sclerosis (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), (IId), or (IIe)

Claims (29)

What is claimed is:
1. A compound having the Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00138
wherein:
X1, X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; or
X1 is N; X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1; or
X2 is N; X1, X3, and X4 are each CR1; or
X3 is N; X1, X2, and X4 are each CR1; or
X4 is N; X1, X2, and X3 are each CR1;
Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
is selected from
Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00139
Z is —O—, —S—, —N(R4)—, —CH2—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—;
each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C3-C8cycloalkyl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(C2-C9heterocycloalkyl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl), —CF3, —OR10, —SR10, —N(R11)R12, —N(R11)S(O)2R15; —N(R13)N(R11)R12, —N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, —C(S)OR10, —C(O)SR10, —C(O)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R11)R12, —C(O)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(S)N(R11)S(O)2R15, —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)R12, —C(S)N(R13)N(R11)R12, and —C(O)N(R13)N(R11)S(O)2R15;
each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, —SR20, —N(R21)R22, —C(O)R20, —C(O)N(R21)R22, and —N(R23)C(O)R20;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
R4 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl,
R10, R13 and R14 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
R11 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally R11 and R12 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
R15 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
R20 and R23 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl);
R21 and R22 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkenyl, optionally substituted C2-C6alkynyl, optionally substituted C3-C8cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(aryl), optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, and optionally substituted —(C1-C2alkylene)-(heteroaryl); or optionally R21 and R22 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted C2-C9heterocycloalkyl ring;
n is 0-4; and
p is 0 or 1.
2. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein X1, X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1.
3. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein X1 is N; X2, X3, and X4 are each CR1.
4. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein X2 is N; X1, X3, and X4 are each CR1.
5. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein X3 is N; X1, X2, and X4 are each CR1.
6. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein X4 is N; X1, X2, and X3 are each CR1.
7. The compound of any one of claims 1-6, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —CF3, —OR10, —N(R11)R12, —C(O)R14, —C(O)OR10, and —C(O)N(R11)R12.
8. The compound of any one of claims 1-7, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, and —CF3.
9. The compound of any one of claims 1-8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl, —OR20, and —N(R21)R22.
10. The compound of any one of claims 1-9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl.
11. The compound of any one of claims 1-10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C1-C6alkyl.
12. The compound of any one of claims 1-11, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein
Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
is
Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00140
13. The compound of any one of claims 1-11, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein
Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
is
Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00141
14. The compound of any one of claims 1-11, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein, is
Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
is
Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00142
15. The compound of any one of claims 1-11, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein
Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
is
Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00143
16. The compound of any one of claims 1-11, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein
Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
is
Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00144
17. The compound of any one of claims 1-11, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein
Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-P00001
is
Figure US20220227767A1-20220721-C00145
18. The compound of any one of claims 1-17, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein Z is —O—, —OCH2—, or —CH2O—.
19. The compound of any one of claims 1-17, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein Z is —O—.
20. The compound of any one of claims 1-17, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein Z is —OCH2—.
21. The compound of any one of claims 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein p is 0.
22. The compound of any one of claims 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein p is 1.
23. The compound of any one of claims 1-22, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein n is 0.
24. The compound of any one of claims 1-22, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein n is 1.
25. The compound of any one of claims 1-22, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein n is 2.
26. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, excipient or binder, and a compound of any one of claims 1-25; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
27. A method of modulating sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) receptor activity comprising contacting the S1P receptor, or portion thereof, with a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof, according to any one of claims 1-25.
28. A method of treating a disease, disorder or condition in a mammal that would benefit from sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) receptor modulation comprising administering to the mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or solvate thereof, according to any one of claims 1-25.
29. The method of claim 28, wherein the disease, disorder or condition in a mammal is selected from multiple sclerosis, ulcerative colitis, and Crohn's disease.
US17/698,991 2015-11-13 2022-03-18 Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of disease Abandoned US20220227767A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/698,991 US20220227767A1 (en) 2015-11-13 2022-03-18 Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of disease
US18/344,594 US20230339944A1 (en) 2015-11-13 2023-06-29 Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of disease

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201562255041P 2015-11-13 2015-11-13
PCT/US2016/061676 WO2017083756A1 (en) 2015-11-13 2016-11-11 Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of disease
US201815775723A 2018-05-11 2018-05-11
US16/865,212 US20200325135A1 (en) 2015-11-13 2020-05-01 Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of disease
US17/698,991 US20220227767A1 (en) 2015-11-13 2022-03-18 Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of disease

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/865,212 Continuation US20200325135A1 (en) 2015-11-13 2020-05-01 Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of disease

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US202218049959A Continuation 2015-11-13 2022-10-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20220227767A1 true US20220227767A1 (en) 2022-07-21

Family

ID=58696139

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/775,723 Active US10683291B2 (en) 2015-11-13 2016-11-11 Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of disease
US16/865,212 Abandoned US20200325135A1 (en) 2015-11-13 2020-05-01 Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of disease
US17/698,991 Abandoned US20220227767A1 (en) 2015-11-13 2022-03-18 Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of disease
US18/344,594 Pending US20230339944A1 (en) 2015-11-13 2023-06-29 Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of disease

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/775,723 Active US10683291B2 (en) 2015-11-13 2016-11-11 Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of disease
US16/865,212 Abandoned US20200325135A1 (en) 2015-11-13 2020-05-01 Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of disease

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/344,594 Pending US20230339944A1 (en) 2015-11-13 2023-06-29 Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of disease

Country Status (21)

Country Link
US (4) US10683291B2 (en)
EP (2) EP4163281A1 (en)
JP (3) JP6933384B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20180095811A (en)
CN (2) CN108463222B (en)
AU (2) AU2016353348A1 (en)
BR (1) BR112018009745B1 (en)
CA (1) CA3005236C (en)
DK (1) DK3373931T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2932049T3 (en)
HR (1) HRP20221417T1 (en)
HU (1) HUE060594T2 (en)
IL (1) IL259297B2 (en)
LT (1) LT3373931T (en)
MX (1) MX2018005987A (en)
PL (1) PL3373931T3 (en)
PT (1) PT3373931T (en)
RS (1) RS63837B1 (en)
RU (1) RU2727194C2 (en)
SI (1) SI3373931T1 (en)
WO (1) WO2017083756A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
BR112018009745B1 (en) 2015-11-13 2023-09-26 Oppilan Pharma Ltd. HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUND, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION COMPRISING SAID COMPOUND AND USE OF SAID COMPOUND
US20200071327A1 (en) * 2017-05-17 2020-03-05 Oppilan Pharma Ltd. Prodrugs for the Treatment of Disease
WO2018211323A1 (en) * 2017-05-17 2018-11-22 Oppilan Pharma Ltd. Hetercyclic compounds for the treatment of disease
GB201815018D0 (en) * 2018-09-14 2018-10-31 Univ Oxford Innovation Ltd Enantiomeric compounds
WO2024011142A1 (en) 2022-07-06 2024-01-11 Oppilan Pharma Limited Crystalline forms of an s1p receptor modulator

Family Cites Families (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4772597A (en) * 1983-10-14 1988-09-20 Pfizer Inc. 2-azacycloalkylthiopenem derivatives
CN1859908A (en) 2003-10-01 2006-11-08 默克公司 3,5-aryl, heteroaryl or cycloalkyl substituted-1,2,4-oxadiazoles as S1P receptor agonists
JP2008545767A (en) * 2005-06-08 2008-12-18 ノバルティス アクチエンゲゼルシャフト Polycyclic oxadiazoles or isoxazoles and their use as SIP receptor ligands
GB0511684D0 (en) * 2005-06-08 2005-07-13 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
RU2425832C2 (en) * 2006-04-03 2011-08-10 Астеллас Фарма Инк. Heterocompound
BRPI0720043A2 (en) 2006-12-15 2014-01-07 Abbott Lab OXADIAZOL COMPOUND
US20110207704A1 (en) 2006-12-15 2011-08-25 Abbott Laboratories Novel Oxadiazole Compounds
WO2010065760A1 (en) 2008-12-04 2010-06-10 Exelixis, Inc. Imidazo [1,2a] pyridine derivatives, their use as s1p1 agonists and methods for their production
US20100249071A1 (en) 2009-03-30 2010-09-30 Exelixis, Inc. Modulators of S1P and Methods of Making And Using
US9011494B2 (en) 2009-09-24 2015-04-21 Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. Composite vertebral rod system and methods of use
KR101781233B1 (en) 2009-11-13 2017-09-22 셀진 인터내셔널 Ii 에스에이알엘 Sphingosine 1 phosphate receptor modulators and methods of chiral synthesis
JP5788507B2 (en) * 2010-07-20 2015-09-30 ブリストル−マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニーＢｒｉｓｔｏｌ−Ｍｙｅｒｓ Ｓｑｕｉｂｂ Ｃｏｍｐａｎｙ Substituted 3-phenyl-1,2,4-oxadiazole compounds
AU2012325916A1 (en) 2011-10-20 2014-05-01 Glaxosmithkline Llc Substituted bicyclic aza-heterocycles and analogues as sirtuin modulators
JP6383418B2 (en) * 2013-11-27 2018-08-29 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド Substituted benzamide and method of use
BR112018009745B1 (en) 2015-11-13 2023-09-26 Oppilan Pharma Ltd. HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUND, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION COMPRISING SAID COMPOUND AND USE OF SAID COMPOUND

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2016353348A1 (en) 2018-07-05
RU2018121416A3 (en) 2019-12-17
RU2018121416A (en) 2019-12-13
AU2021202945B2 (en) 2022-06-23
JP2018535261A (en) 2018-11-29
CN108463222B (en) 2021-10-22
JP2023017862A (en) 2023-02-07
EP3373931A4 (en) 2019-04-03
CN114149424A (en) 2022-03-08
HRP20221417T1 (en) 2023-02-03
US20230339944A1 (en) 2023-10-26
KR20180095811A (en) 2018-08-28
IL259297B (en) 2022-11-01
BR112018009745A8 (en) 2019-02-26
WO2017083756A1 (en) 2017-05-18
JP2021191753A (en) 2021-12-16
LT3373931T (en) 2023-03-10
BR112018009745A2 (en) 2018-11-06
IL259297B2 (en) 2023-03-01
BR112018009745B1 (en) 2023-09-26
EP3373931A1 (en) 2018-09-19
ES2932049T3 (en) 2023-01-09
JP7445325B2 (en) 2024-03-07
CA3005236C (en) 2024-02-20
AU2021202945A1 (en) 2021-06-03
CA3005236A1 (en) 2017-05-18
RS63837B1 (en) 2023-01-31
US10683291B2 (en) 2020-06-16
IL259297A (en) 2018-07-31
CN108463222A (en) 2018-08-28
RU2727194C2 (en) 2020-07-21
DK3373931T3 (en) 2022-11-28
US20190241556A1 (en) 2019-08-08
JP6933384B2 (en) 2021-09-08
PT3373931T (en) 2022-12-06
MX2018005987A (en) 2018-11-29
US20200325135A1 (en) 2020-10-15
SI3373931T1 (en) 2023-02-28
JP7174963B2 (en) 2022-11-18
EP4163281A1 (en) 2023-04-12
PL3373931T3 (en) 2023-02-06
HUE060594T2 (en) 2023-03-28
EP3373931B1 (en) 2022-09-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220227767A1 (en) Heterocyclic compounds for the treatment of disease
US10233187B2 (en) Fused bicyclic compounds for the treatment of disease
US9974789B2 (en) Substituted pyrazolopyrimidines as glucocerebrosidase activators
US10793577B2 (en) Fused bicyclic compounds for the treatment of disease
US20210214362A1 (en) Fused bicyclic compounds for the treatment of disease
US20200071327A1 (en) Prodrugs for the Treatment of Disease
US9944648B2 (en) Organic compounds
US20210163485A1 (en) Heterocyclic Compounds for the Treatment of Disease
US20240034727A1 (en) Imidazole compounds as inhibitors of enpp1

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: APPLICATION UNDERGOING PREEXAM PROCESSING

AS Assignment

Owner name: OPPILAN PHARMA LTD, UNITED KINGDOM

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:MOHAN, RAJU;NUSS, JOHN;HARRIS, JASON;SIGNING DATES FROM 20190416 TO 20210419;REEL/FRAME:059412/0540

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- INCOMPLETE APPLICATION (PRE-EXAMINATION)